WO2021037849A1

WO2021037849A1 - Detection of signals of radio subscribers in a synchronized system

Info

Publication number: WO2021037849A1
Application number: PCT/EP2020/073747
Authority: WO
Inventors: Gerd Kilian; Julian Popp; Jakob KNEISSL; Frank Obernosterer; Raimund Meyer
Original assignee: Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V.
Priority date: 2019-08-29
Filing date: 2020-08-25
Publication date: 2021-03-04
Also published as: DE102019213052A1

Abstract

Embodiments relate to a data receiver of a communication system. The communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communicating. A set of usable resources which can be accessed on the basis of hopping patterns known to the data receiver are provided in the communication system in order to transmit data, wherein each of the hopping patterns specifies a time- and/or frequency-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources, and the data receiver is configured so as to ascertain a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set of usable resources, combine transmission metrics of the resources which can be accessed on the basis of a hopping pattern of the hopping patterns to transmit data in order to obtain a hopping pattern metric, detect a transmission of data if the hopping pattern metric of the respective hopping pattern satisfies a specified detection criterion, and limit the transmission metrics to an upper or lower threshold on a value basis prior to the combination process.

Description

Detection of signals from radio participants in a synchronized system

description

Embodiments of the present invention relate to an end point and a base station of a communication system that wirelessly communicates in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. Further exemplary embodiments relate to methods for operating an end point and a base station of such a communication system. Some exemplary embodiments relate to a detection of the signals from radio users in a synchronized communication system.

TSMA (TSMA = Telegram Splitting Multiple Access) is known from [1], according to which a telegram (or data packet) is divided into a plurality of sub-data packets using a jump pattern in time and optionally transmitted in a distributed manner in frequency.

In [3], an improved range for LPWAN systems (LPWAN = Low Power Wide Area Network) that use the telegram splitting method is described.

In [4], improved transmission security for LPWAN systems that use the telegram splitting process is described.

In LPWAN systems, a large number of participants (e.g. sensor nodes) usually access the available frequency band at the same time. The base station of an LPWAN system, whose subscribers access the frequency band based on the telegram splitting process, does not know for a given time window whether, and if so, how many subscribers and with which hopping patterns the subscribers access the common frequency band .

The base station must therefore detect the sub-data packets of the subscribers in the LPWAN system, which are sent out according to the respective jump patterns, which represents a considerable computational effort with a large number of different jump patterns and is therefore disadvantageous in particular for battery-operated base stations. The present invention is therefore based on the object of creating a concept which makes it possible to reduce the computational effort required by the base station to detect a large number of accesses to the frequency band based on different hopping patterns.

This problem is solved by the independent patent claims.

Advantageous further developments can be found in the dependent claims.

Embodiments provide a data receiver of a [e.g. synchronized] communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, wherein in the communication system for the transmission of data [e.g. per time period [e.g. several consecutive time periods]] a set of usable [e.g. available] resources [e.g. an allowable range of resources; eg a set of usable resource elements (eg resource frame) or a set of usable resource blocks, eg each with one or more resource elements] is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver known jump patterns, the jump patterns in each case specify a time and / or frequency hopping-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources, the data receiver being configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set of usable resources, the data receiver being configured to use transmission metrics of those resources to combine [e.g. to add or sum], which can be accessed for transmission of data based on a jump pattern of the jump pattern to obtain a jump pattern metric, wherein the data receiver is configured to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern fulfills a predetermined detection criterion, the data receiver being configured to evaluate the transmission metrics prior to the combination in terms of value [e.g. numerically] to one [e.g. positive and / or negative] upper [e.g. maximum] or lower [minimum] limit value [e.g. clip].

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is configured to transmit those transmission metrics which have a high probability [eg a probability greater than or equal to a predetermined probability value [eg 70% or 80% or 90%]] describe that the respective resource was used for the transmission of data, to the upper [eg with a positive value of the respective transmission metric] or lower [eg with a negative value of the respective transmission metric] limit value.

In embodiments, the data receiver is configured to those

Transmission metrics that have an upper [e.g. exceed maximum] limit value [e.g. in the case of positive values of the respective transmission metrics], to be limited in terms of value to the upper limit value.

For example, the upper limit value can be at least 70% (or 80%, or 90%) of a value that the transmission metrics can assume at a maximum.

In embodiments, the data receiver is configured to those

Transmission metrics that have a lower [e.g. fall below the minimum] limit value [e.g. in the case of negative values of the respective transmission metrics], to be limited in terms of value to the lower limit value.

For example, the lower limit value can be at least 70% (or 80%, or 90%) of a value that the transmission metrics can minimally assume.

In embodiments, each of the transmission metrics is one

The probability that the respective resource was used to transfer data can be derived.

For example, a value of the transmission metric can directly be a measure of a

The probability that the respective resource was used to transfer data. Of course, the transmission metric can also be a measure of a probability that there is only noise in the respective resource or that the respective resource was not used for the transmission of data Transmission of data was used, can be derived.

In exemplary embodiments, the transmission metrics each describe one

Probability that the respective resource was used to transfer data. For example, a value of the transmission metric can be a measure of a probability that the respective resource was used to transmit data.

In embodiments, a probability is derived from the jump pattern metric that the respective jump pattern [e.g. the allocation of resources indicated by the jump pattern] was used to transfer data.

For example, a value of the jump pattern metric can be a measure of a probability that the respective jump pattern was used to transmit data.

In exemplary embodiments, the jump pattern metric describes a probability that the respective jump pattern [e.g. the allocation of resources indicated by the jump pattern] was used to transfer data.

In embodiments, the detection criterion indicates that the hop pattern metric is a [e.g. predetermined] detection threshold reached [e.g. equals or passes through the detection threshold [e.g. is greater or less than the detection threshold]].

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is configured to adaptively adjust the threshold value as a function of a utilization of the set of usable resources.

In exemplary embodiments, the utilization is an estimated relative number of occupied resources of the set of usable resources.

In exemplary embodiments, the load is an estimated number of simultaneously active data transmitters of the communication system that access the set of usable resources.

In embodiments, the data receiver is configured to calculate the utilization based on a number of resources of the set of usable resources whose transmission metrics include a [e.g. predetermined] transmission threshold [e.g. are equal to or exceed the transmission threshold [e.g. are larger or smaller than the transmission threshold]].

In exemplary embodiments, the communication system accesses the frequency band based on [eg periodically] successive time segments, with the set of usable resources lies within one of the time segments, wherein the data receiver is configured to calculate the utilization further based on a number of resources of at least one set of usable resources at least from a previous time segment, the transmission metrics of which have a [eg predetermined] transmission threshold achieve [eg are equal to or exceed the transmission threshold [eg are greater or smaller than the transmission threshold]].

In embodiments, the data receiver is configured to increase the detection threshold within a [e.g. predetermined] upper limit and a [e.g. predetermined] lower limit [e.g. from time segment to time segment [e.g. a plurality of successive time segments]] to adapt dynamically.

In embodiments, the data receiver is configured to determine the detection threshold based on a sigmoid function or a sigmoid-like function within a [e.g. predetermined] upper limit and a [e.g. predetermined] lower limit [e.g. from time segment to time segment [e.g. a plurality of successive time segments]] to adapt dynamically.

In exemplary embodiments, the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns which have the largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value.

In embodiments, the data receiver is configured to receive the predetermined number of largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value depending on a [e.g. for a decoding of the data transmitted with the jump patterns] to adaptively adapt the computing power available.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is configured to adaptively adapt the predetermined number of jump pattern metrics with the largest value in terms of value as a function of a utilization of the set of usable resources.

In exemplary embodiments, the load is an estimated number of simultaneously active data transmitters of the communication system that access the set of usable resources. In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is configured to select the predetermined number of jump pattern metrics with the largest value in terms of value greater than or equal to the number of simultaneously active data transmitters of the communication system.

In exemplary embodiments, the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns which have the largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value, if fewer than the predetermined number of jump patterns have jump pattern metrics which have a [e.g. predetermined] detection threshold [e.g. equals or passes through the detection threshold [e.g. is greater or less than the detection threshold]].

In embodiments, the resources indicated by the jump pattern are each a subset of the resources of the set of usable resources.

In exemplary embodiments, the data to be transmitted in the communication system comprise a data packet that is divided into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet, the plurality of sub-data packets corresponding to the frequency and / or frequency specified by the respective hopping pattern. or time-jump-based allocation of resources can be transmitted in a distributed manner.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is configured to send a control signal, the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system Communication system usable frequency and / or time hopping-based allocation of resources is the set of usable resources, wherein the hopping patterns are relative channel access patterns, the relative channel access patterns in each case the occupancy to be used by the

Specify channel access pattern specified usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources.

In embodiments, the data receiver is a base station of the

Communication system.

In embodiments, the base station is battery operated. Further exemplary embodiments create a communication system with at least one data transmitter and a data receiver according to one of the exemplary embodiments described herein, the data transmitter being configured to send data in accordance with a time- and / or frequency-hop-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources specified by one of the hopping patterns .

Further embodiments provide a method of receiving data in a [e.g. synchronized] communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, wherein in the communication system for the transmission of data [e.g. per time period [e.g. several consecutive time periods]] a set of usable resources [e.g. an allowable range of resources; e.g. Resource Frame] is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver known jump patterns, the jump patterns each indicating a time and / or frequency jump-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources. The method includes a step of determining a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set of usable resources. The method further comprises a step of combining the transmission metrics of those resources which can be accessed for the transmission of data based on a jump pattern of the jump pattern in order to obtain a jump pattern metric. The method further comprises a step of detecting a transmission of data if the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern fulfills a predetermined detection criterion, the transmission metrics in terms of value [e.g. numerically] to one [e.g. positive and / or negative] upper [e.g. maximum] or lower [minimum] limit value.

Exemplary embodiments of the present invention are described in more detail with reference to the accompanying figures. Show it:

1 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication arrangement with a first communication system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

2 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication arrangement of two mutually uncoordinated networks, each with a base station and four associated terminals, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention,

3 shows, in a diagram, a division of the frequency band into resources and a frequency- and time-hop-based allocation of the resources of the frequency band, defined by two different channel access patterns, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 4 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system with a

Base station and a plurality of endpoints, according to an embodiment of the present invention,

Fig. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a controller for generating a

Channel access pattern, according to an embodiment of the present invention,

6 shows a schematic block diagram of a controller for generating a

Channel access pattern, according to a further embodiment of the present invention,

7 shows a schematic block diagram of a section of the controller, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention,

8 shows a diagram of a diagram based on a Monte Carlo simulation

Histogram over the variable Dfi,

9 shows, in a diagram, a frequency and time hop-based allocation of the resources of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern and a projection of the channel access pattern onto a time axis, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

10 is a diagram of resource elements of a channel access pattern projected onto a time axis, which result in unused time slots, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention; 11 shows a diagram of resource elements of a projected onto a time axis

Channel access pattern with an activity rate A = 1/4, according to an embodiment of the present invention,

12 is a diagram of resource elements of a projected onto a time axis

Channel access pattern with an activity rate A = 1/4 and a predetermined minimum distance between successive time slots of the channel access pattern, according to an embodiment of the present invention,

13 shows a temporal division of a channel access pattern into areas of different activity rates A1, A2 and A3, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

14 shows, in a diagram, a frequency- and time-hop-based allocation of the resources of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern additionally having resources that can be activated if required, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

15 shows in a diagram a frequency- and time-hop-based allocation of the resources of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern, with a frequency range of the frequency band that is regularly more disturbed not being occupied by the channel access pattern, according to an embodiment of the present invention.

16 shows, in a diagram, a frequency- and time-hop-based allocation of the resources of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern, resources being bundled in the frequency range, according to an embodiment of the present invention;

17 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication system with a base station and two end points, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

18 shows in a diagram a frequency- and time-hop-based usable allocation of resources of the frequency band indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern, one by a relative channel access pattern specified allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern, as well as projections of the channel access patterns on time axes before and after the removal of unused resources (e.g. time slots), according to an embodiment,

19 shows, in a diagram, a frequency and time hopping-based usable allocation of resources of the frequency band bundled in the frequency range, indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern, an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern indicated by a relative channel access pattern, as well as projections of the channel access patterns on time axes before and after removal of unused resources (e.g. time slots), according to an exemplary embodiment,

20 shows in a diagram a frequency and time hopping-based usable allocation of resources of the frequency band bundled in the frequency range, indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern, an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern indicated by a relative channel access pattern, an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern, as well as projections of the channel access patterns on time axes before and after removal of unused resources (e.g. time slots), according to an embodiment, specified by another relative channel access pattern,

21 shows a diagram of a projection of a network-specific

Channel access pattern and a relative channel access pattern on the time axis after the removal of unused resources (e.g. frequency channels and time slots), wherein the relative channel access pattern in the frequency direction occupies several of the resources available in the frequency direction for at least some of the time jumps, according to an embodiment, 22 shows in a diagram a frequency and time hopping-based usable allocation of resources of the frequency band bundled in the frequency range into blocks (or clusters), indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern, with different symbol rates and / or different numbers of symbols being assigned to different parts of the block of contiguous resources are, according to one embodiment,

23 shows in a diagram a projection of a network-specific channel access pattern and a relative channel access pattern with D resources on the time axis after the removal of unused resources (frequency channels and time slots), according to an embodiment,

24 shows in a table a resource calculation for various exemplary applications,

25 shows, in a diagram, simulation results of the packet error rate for different channel access pattern lengths M as a function of the number of simultaneously active terminals with 360 available resource elements,

26 shows, in a diagram, simulation results of the packet error rate for different channel access pattern lengths M as a function of the number of simultaneously active terminals with 60 available resource elements,

27 shows a diagram of resources of a channel access pattern projected onto a time axis, resources of the channel access pattern being grouped into clusters of equal length L (e.g. L = 4), the relative channel access pattern indicating an occupancy of one resource per cluster, according to an embodiment,

28 shows a schematic block diagram of a system with a data transmitter and a data receiver, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, 29 shows, in a diagram, an allocation of resource elements of the resource elements usable by the communication system, indicated by a jump pattern of a subscriber, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

30 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements indicated by a jump pattern of a subscriber and an allocation of resource elements of the resource elements that can be used by the communication system, indicated by another jump pattern of another subscriber, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

31 shows, in a diagram, an occupancy of indicated by a jump pattern

Resource elements and by two other jump patterns of two other participants specified allocations of resource elements of the resource elements usable by the communication system, the jump pattern and the two other jump patterns of the same

Basic jump patterns are derived, according to an embodiment of the present invention,

32 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements indicated by a jump pattern and allocations of resource elements of the resource elements usable by the communication system indicated by two other jump patterns of two other subscribers, the jump pattern and the two other jump patterns being the same

Basic jump patterns are derived, one jump of the other

Jump pattern lies outside a permissible range of the usable resource elements of the communication system,

33 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements indicated by a jump pattern and allocations of resource elements of the resource elements usable by the communication system indicated by two other jump patterns of two other subscribers, the jump pattern and the two other jump patterns being the same

Basic jump patterns are derived, one jump of the other

Jump pattern caused by moving outside the permissible range of the usable resource elements of the Communication system would be shifted cyclically back into the permissible range of the usable resource elements,

34 shows in a diagram a two-dimensional (2D) array of correlation results, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention,

35 shows in a diagram a two-dimensional (2D) array of reference values, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention,

36 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional

Correlation of the two-dimensional array of correlation results with the two-dimensional array of reference values plotted over time, in the event that the jump pattern corresponds to the basic jump pattern,

37 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional

Correlation of the two-dimensional array of correlation results with the two-dimensional array of reference values plotted over the frequency, in the event that the jump pattern corresponds to the basic jump pattern,

38 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional

Correlation of the two-dimensional array of correlation results with the two-dimensional array of reference values plotted over time, in the event that the hop pattern was advanced by two time slots and six frequency channels compared to the basic hop pattern,

39 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional

Correlation of the two-dimensional array of correlation results with the two-dimensional array of reference values plotted against the frequency, in the event that the hop pattern was advanced by two time slots and six frequency channels compared to the basic hop pattern,

40 shows a schematic view of a transformation of the two-dimensional

Arrays of reference values from FIG. 35 in a virtual one-dimensional plane, 41 is a diagram showing one different by three jump patterns

Subscriber specified allocations of resource elements of the resource elements usable by the communication system, the three jump patterns being derived from the same basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in time and / or frequency,

42 shows a diagram of one different by two jump patterns

Subscriber specified allocations of resource elements of the resource elements that can be used by the communication system, the two jump patterns being derived from the same basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in time and / or frequency,

FIG. 43a shows a representation of the available resource elements of the communication system, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements defined by two jump patterns from FIG. 42, FIG.

FIG. 43b shows a representation of the available resource elements of the communication system, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements defined by three jump patterns from FIG. 41, FIG.

44 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements of the resource elements that can be used by the communication system, indicated by three jump patterns, the three jump patterns being derived from the same basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in time and / or frequency,

45 shows a representation of the available resource elements of the communication system, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements of the communication system defined by three jump patterns from FIG. 44, 46 shows a diagram of a packet error rate for different sizes of the

Resource frames plotted over the uncoded load,

47 shows a diagram of a packet error rate for different numbers of jump patterns with a fixed size of the resource frame plotted against the number of data transmitters active at the same time in the resource frame,

48 shows in a diagram a resulting AKF of a jump pattern for a frame size of N = 576 and a jump pattern length of J = 18,

49 is a schematic view of a Golomb ruler of order E = 5 and length L = 12,

50 shows a schematic representation of an allocation of resource elements of the M = 40 resource elements that can be used by the communication system, indicated by three jump patterns of different participants, the three jump patterns being derived from the same basic jump pattern, a first jump pattern corresponding to the basic jump pattern, and a second jump pattern and a third jump pattern are cyclically shifted versions of the basic jump pattern,

51 shows in a diagram an order E or number L of partial data packets plotted over the period lengths N or number M of available resource elements for various periodic unipolar binary sequences,

52 shows a representation of the available resource elements of the communication system, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements defined by three cyclically shifted jump patterns of three participants, with only one resource element per participant being occupied per cluster,

53 shows in a diagram a minimum major / minor maximum ratio (HNV) for different orders E as a function of the period length N,

54 shows, in a diagram, the allocation of resource elements indicated by the three jump patterns from FIG. 50 by the communication system 102 usable resource elements, the usable resource elements being preceded by signaling resource elements in which the subscribers can each send a signaling signal that indicates a subsequent transmission,

55 shows a diagram of maximum secondary maxima for PAKF and PKKF for different orders E as a function of the period length

56 is a schematic view of a set of usable

Resource elements, with four of the resource elements being occupied by four partial data packets, for example,

57 shows in a diagram a schematic representation of a transmission of a partial data packet in a resource element, the partial data packet comprising a preamble,

58 is a diagram showing a schematic representation of the missed and

Probability of deception depending on the selected detection threshold,

59 is a schematic view of a set of useful

Resource elements as well as an allocation of resource elements indicated by a jump pattern of a participant,

Fig. 60 is a schematic view of a set of usable

Resource elements as well as an allocation of resource elements indicated by five jump patterns of five participants,

61 shows a schematic illustration of the assignments of FIG. 60 shown in FIG

Resource elements of the set of usable resource elements, which partially coincides with an allocation of resource elements indicated by three inactive jump patterns,

62 shows, in a diagram, cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three participants for an E _s / N ₀ = 14 dB, 63 shows a diagram of cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three

Participants for an E _s / No = 4 dB,

64 shows a schematic view of a synchronized communication system with a data receiver and a plurality of data transmitters according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention,

65 shows a diagram of cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern

Metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three

Participants for an Es / No = 14 dB, whereby the transmission metrics used for the calculation of the hopping pattern metrics before the

Combination were limited in terms of value,

66 shows a diagram of cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern

Metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three

Participants for an E _s / N ₀ = 4 dB, with the transmission metrics used for the calculation of the hop pattern metrics before the

Combination were limited in terms of value,

67 shows a diagram of a histogram over the transmission metrics for a selected example,

68 shows a diagram of a course of a section defined by a section

Function T = f (L) described detection threshold T, according to a first embodiment,

69 shows in a diagram a profile of a detection threshold T described by a sigmoid function T = f (L), according to a second

Embodiment,

70 in a diagram a miss probability as a function of K using the example of three active participants for a variation of the parameter K between K- 3 and K = 6,

71 shows a flow diagram of a method 500 for receiving data in a

Communication system. In the following description of the exemplary embodiments of the present invention, elements that are the same or have the same effect are provided with the same reference symbols in the figures, so that their descriptions can be interchanged with one another.

Before exemplary embodiments of the present invention are described in detail in section D, section A first explains how communication systems that communicate in the same frequency band can be separated from one another by different channel access patterns, and then section B explains how one or more Subscribers of a communication system can access a selection of the resources released by the network-specific channel access pattern for the communication system using a relative channel access pattern. Section C also explains how the participants of the communication system can determine the respective hopping patterns (or relative channel access patterns) based on which the resources released for the communication system are accessed and how such a hopping pattern can be detected in a received data stream.

A. Network specific channel access patterns

1 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication arrangement 100 with a first communication system 102_1, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

The first communication system 102_1 can have a base station 104_1 and one or more end points 106_1-106_n, where n is a natural number greater than or equal to one. In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the first communication system 102_1 has four end points 106_1-106_4 for illustration, but the first communication system 104_1 can just as well have 1, 10, 100, 1,000, 10,000 or even 100,000 end points.

The first communication system 102_1 can be designed to communicate wirelessly in a frequency band (for example a license-free and / or license-free frequency band, for example ISM band) that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The frequency band can have a significantly larger (for example at least a factor of two larger) bandwidth than the reception filters of the subscribers in the first communication system 102_1. As indicated in FIG. 1, a second communication system 102_2 and a third communication system 102_3 can be within range of the first communication system 102_1, these three communication systems 102_1, 102_2 and 102_3 being able to use the same frequency band for wireless communication.

In exemplary embodiments, the first communication system 102_1 can be designed to use different frequencies or frequency channels of the frequency band (e.g. into which the frequency band is divided) in sections (e.g. time-slot-wise) for communication based on a channel access pattern, regardless of whether this is from another communication system ( e.g. the second communication system 102_2 and / or the third communication system 102_3), wherein the channel access pattern differs from another channel access pattern based on which at least one other communication system of the plurality of other communication systems (e.g. the second communication system 102_2) accesses the frequency band .

In such a communication arrangement 100, as shown in FIG. 1, the signals of uncoordinated communication systems (e.g. the first communication system 102_1 and the second communication system 102_2) can thus be separated from one another by different channel access patterns, so that mutual disturbance due to interference is avoided or is minimized.

For example, subscribers of the first communication system 102_1, such as a base station 104_1 and several endpoints 106_1-106_4, based on a first channel access pattern (e.g. which indicates a frequency hop-based occupancy (e.g. of resources) of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the first communication system 102_1) with one another communicate, while subscribers of the second communication system 102_2, such as a base station 104_2 and several endpoints 106_5-106_8, based on a second channel access pattern (e.g. which specifies a frequency hop-based occupancy (e.g. of resources) of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the second communication system 102_2) wirelessly communicate with one another, the first channel access pattern and the second channel access pattern being different (for example having an overlap in the resources used of less than 20%, ideally no overlap).

As already mentioned, the communication systems (e.g. the first communication system 102_1 and the second communication system 102_2) are uncoordinated with one another.

The fact that the communication systems 102_1, 102_2, 102_3 are uncoordinated with one another refers here to the fact that the communication systems do not exchange any information about the channel access pattern used in each case, or in other words that a communication system has no knowledge of the channel access pattern used channel access pattern used by another communication system. The first communication system 102_1 therefore does not know which channel access pattern is used by another communication system (e.g. the second communication system 102_2).

Embodiments thus relate to a communication arrangement 100 of radio networks (or communication systems) 102_1, 102_2 that are uncoordinated with one another and possibly also unsynchronized with one another for data transmission, which access a commonly used frequency band. In other words, there are at least two radio networks 102_1, 102_2, which each work independently of one another. Both networks 102_1, 102_2 use the same frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, it is assumed that only a (small) part of the frequency band is used for each individual data transmission, such as a frequency channel or a partial frequency channel. For example, the frequency band can be broken down into (sub) frequency channels, with a frequency channel being a real subset of the entire frequency band. The totality of all available frequency channels constitutes the frequency band used. The transmission of a message (data packet) can, for example, take place in the telegram splitting process one after the other over a sequence of different frequency channels. In this case, exemplary embodiments are particularly useful.

Often networks (or communication systems) 102_1, 102_2 are locally arranged so that transmission signals from participants in one network (e.g. communication system 102_2) can also be received by participants in other networks located in the vicinity (e.g. communication system 102_1). As a result, they occur there as interference signals, which in principle can considerably impair the performance of a radio transmission system, as is shown in FIG. 2. In detail, FIG. 2 shows a schematic view of two mutually uncoordinated networks 102_1, 102_2, each with a base station (BS 1) 104_1, (BS 2) 104_2 and four associated terminals 106_1-106_4, 106_5-106_8. In other words, FIG. 2 shows an exemplary network topology for two networks 102_1, 102_2 with base stations (BS 1) 104_1, (BS 2) 104_2 and four terminals 106_1-106_4, 106_5-106_8 each. The red dashed arrows 108 symbolize, by way of example, potential interference signals, ie the radio subscribers can receive the transmission signals of the subscribers from the respective other network as interference signals. Depending on the circumstances, a large number of networks can be within reception range of one another, so that the participants (base stations or end devices) can possibly be exposed to a considerable number of interferers from other networks.

If (as mentioned above) the frequency band is divided into individual, non-overlapping frequency channels as a shared resource, the effect of the interfering signals can be significantly reduced. In networks that are coordinated with one another, a part of the frequency band (a number of frequency channels) can be assigned exclusively to each network, so that mutual interference can be minimized. This is not possible in completely uncoordinated networks.

In exemplary embodiments, the access to the physical transmission medium (ie the physical radio channel) in each network is designed in such a way that at least one of a) the channel access, ie the frequency and time allocation of the radio channel, in a network, overlaps as little as possible in terms of time and Frequency with the channel access in other networks of the same standard (high degree of "orthogonality"), b) the channel access has a (pseudo-) random character ("randomness") within the desired specifications (e.g. average access frequency per time), c) so far Avoidable according to the specifications, no longer sequences of identical channel access (in terms of time and frequency) occur between networks ("avoidance of systematic overlaps"), d) all frequency channels within the frequency band are used as evenly as possible in order to ensure the highest possible frequency diversity and, if necessary, compliance with regulatory requirements to achieve regulatory requirements (“Equal distribution of Fre frequency channel usage ”), e) the information about frequency and time occupancy of the radio channel, for example for new subscribers joining a network with as little as possible Signaling effort can be transmitted ("reduction of signaling information") is met.

To put it simply, in exemplary embodiments, mutual interference between several networks (I n te r- N etzwerk- 1 nte rfe re nz) is reduced in that the channel access to the commonly used frequency band differs in frequency and time, preferably "orthogonally" and with (pseudo-) random character.

In the following, it is assumed for the sake of illustration that, in addition to the division of the frequency band into discrete frequency channels (indices cO, c1, c2, ...), the accesses are also discretized over time within each network. The associated time resources are referred to as time slots and are provided with the indices t0, t1, t2, ... in FIG. 3. However, both requirements (discretization in frequency and time) are not necessary prerequisites for the application of exemplary embodiments.

In detail, FIG. 3 shows in a diagram a division of the frequency band into resources as well as a frequency and time jump-based allocation of the resources of the frequency band defined by two different channel access patterns. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

For example, subscribers of the first communication system 102_1 can based on the first channel access pattern 110_1, which can be used for the communication of the first communication system 102_1 based on frequency hopping

Indicates resources of the frequency band, wirelessly communicate with each other, while subscribers of the second communication system 102_2 based on the second channel access pattern 110_2, which can be used for the communication of the second communication system 102_2 based on frequency hopping

Indicates resources of the frequency band, wirelessly communicate with each other, wherein the first channel access pattern and the second channel access pattern are different (e.g. have an overlap of less than 20%, ideally have no overlap).

In other words, FIG. 3 shows, in the form of a grid, an overview of all fundamentally available resources in frequency and time (schematic representation of the frequency channels and time slots as well as exemplary channel access patterns), with a individual resource element in the first communication network 102_1 is determined by assigning a frequency channel index and a time slot index. By way of example, the resources that can be occupied by the first communication network 102_1 are the resource elements identified by the reference symbol 112_1. The set of all resources that can be occupied within a communication network is represented by a channel access pattern 110_1. For the first communication network 102_1, these are all resource elements identified by the reference symbol 112_1, which are connected by arrows. In an equivalent manner, the channel access pattern of a further communication network (e.g. the second communication network 102_2) is entered as an example in FIG. 3 (all resource elements identified by reference symbols 112_2, which are connected by arrows), which is not in the same frequency and time grid as the first communication network 102_1 is anchored (resource elements are shifted in frequency and time from the basic grid of the first communication network 102_1).

It is important to distinguish between

• all basically (maximum) available resource elements, i.e. the total amount of all resource elements from which the channel access pattern selects a suitable subset (in Fig. 3 e.g. all elements of the grid),

• all resource elements actually included in the channel access pattern (in FIG. 3 all resource elements provided with reference symbols 112_1) and

• The amount of resource elements (of the channel access pattern) that are actually used for data transmission in the network (if the data volume is low, e.g. only every third resource element in the channel access pattern could actually be used).

The design of the channel access pattern thus also means defining the actively usable reserve of resources for this communication network (or communication system).

In the following, exemplary embodiments of base stations, endpoints and / or communication systems are described which use channel access patterns for communication which meet at least one of the above-mentioned criteria a) to e). Furthermore, exemplary embodiments of the generation of such channel access patterns are described below.

A.1. Base station, endpoint and communication system 4 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication system 102 with a base station 104 and a plurality of end points 106_1-106_4, according to an exemplary embodiment.

As shown in an exemplary embodiment in FIG. 4, the communication system 102 can have a base station and four endpoints 106_1-106_4. However, the present invention is not restricted to such exemplary embodiments; rather, the communication system can have one or more endpoints 106_1-106_n, where n is a natural number greater than or equal to one. For example, the communication system can have 1, 10, 100, 1,000, 10,000 or even 100,000 end points.

The subscribers (= base station 104 and endpoints 106_1-106_4) of the communication system shown in FIG. 4 use a frequency band for mutual communication (e.g. a license-free and / or license-free frequency band, e.g. ISM band) which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication as explained above with reference to FIGS. The communication system 102 works in an uncoordinated manner in relation to the other communication systems that use the same frequency band.

In embodiments, the base station 104 can be designed to send a signal 120, the signal 120 having information about a channel access pattern 110, the channel access pattern being a frequency- and / or time-hop-based occupancy (e.g. of resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system 102) ) of the frequency band (e.g. a time sequence of frequency resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system (e.g. distributed over the frequency band)), the information describing a state of a number sequence generator for generating a sequence of numbers, the sequence of numbers determining the channel access pattern.

For example, the state of the number sequence generator can be an internal state of the number sequence generator, wherein a number of the number sequence can be derived from the internal state of the number sequence generator. Based on the internal state of the number sequence generator, the internal states of the number sequence generator that follow the internal state of the number sequence generator can also be determined, from which the following numbers of the number sequence can also be derived. For example, the number of the number sequence can be derived directly from the internal state of the number sequence generator (eg state = number), for example when the number sequence generator is implemented as Counter, or via a mapping function, for example when implementing the number sequence generator as a shift register, possibly with feedback.

In embodiments, at least one of the endpoints 106_1-106_4 can be designed to receive the signal 120 with the information about the channel access pattern 110, and to determine the channel access pattern 110 based on the information about the channel access pattern, the information indicating a state of a number sequence generator Describes the generation of a sequence of numbers, the sequence of numbers determining the channel access pattern.

For example, the base station 104 and / or at least one of the endpoints 106_1-106_4 can be designed to determine the channel access pattern pseudo-randomly as a function of the state of the number sequence generator, for example using a pseudo-random mapping function.

In addition, the base station 104 and / or at least one of the endpoints 106_1-106_4 can be designed to determine the channel access pattern pseudo-randomly as a function of individual information from the communication system (e.g. inherent information from the communication system, such as a network-specific identifier).

In the following, exemplary embodiments of the generation of channel access patterns are described. The channel access patterns are generated by the base station 104 and can be determined based on the signal with the information 120 about the channel access pattern from at least one (or all) of the end points 106_1-106_4 shown in FIG. Control unit) 130, which is implemented in the base station 104 and / or in the endpoints 106_1-106_4. The predefinition of the channel access pattern takes place here (exclusively) by the base station 104, while the end points 106_1-106_4 only “know” the channel access pattern, that is to say generate it according to the same method as the base station 104.

The following description is based on a radio transmission system (or a communication arrangement) with several independent, mutually uncoordinated communication networks, the participants of which are mutually within receiving range, so that transmission signals from participants in one network can potentially be considered as interference signals for participants in other networks. For the application of exemplary embodiments, it is not necessary that information (data or Signaling information) is exchanged between different networks. It is also irrelevant whether the networks are synchronized with one another in terms of time and / or frequency.

It is also assumed that there is a coordinating entity within each network (hereinafter referred to as “base station”) which provides the non-coordinating participants in the network (hereinafter referred to as “terminals” or “endpoints”) with information about the channel access pattern used within the network can transmit. This information can be transmitted, for example, via beacon signals that are sent out regularly, but can also be transmitted at irregular intervals or, if necessary, dedicated to individual devices or groups of devices.

Furthermore, it is assumed that the entire frequency band available for transmission is divided into a large number of individual frequency channels, which can be accessed individually or in subsets (groups of frequency channels).

Without restricting the generality and for better illustration, it is assumed in the following explanations that a fixed, discrete time pattern exists within each network, at which channel accesses can take place (see also FIG. 3). A channel access in the form of the transmission of a signal can take place both by terminals and by the base station. However, channel access does not necessarily have to take place in a resource provided for this in the channel access pattern if, for example, no data or other information is pending transmission.

FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a controller 130 for generating a channel access pattern, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

As can be seen in FIG. 5, the controller 130 can have a memory 132, a periodic number generator 134 for generating a periodic number sequence Z, a randomizing allocator 136 and a frequency / time allocator 138.

The memory (for example a register) 132 can be designed to hold a network-specific identifier ID 140, for example an (individual) bit sequence that does not change. The periodic number generator 134 can be designed to provide its state 142 or a number 142 'of the periodic number sequence derived from its state. The randomizing allocator 136 may be configured to be dependent on the State 142 of the number sequence generator 134 or the number 142 'derived therefrom of the periodic number sequence and the network-specific identifier ID 140 to determine a pseudo-random number R 144. The frequency / point in time allocator 138 can be designed to determine frequency information f 146 and time information t 148 based on the pseudo-random number R 144. For example, the frequency information f 146 and the time information t 148 can describe or define a frequency channel and a time slot (or a frequency channel index and a time slot index) and thus a resource of the channel access pattern.

The controller 130 can for example - as indicated in FIG. 4 - be implemented in the base station 104 and / or in the one or more endpoint (s) 106_1-106-4 in order to implement the individual (or To calculate network-individual) channel access patterns.

In other words, FIG. 5 shows the basic structure for generating channel access patterns, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

The generation of the channel access patterns takes place iteratively, i.e. the blocks shown in Fig. 5 are called up once per generation of a single channel access information item. A channel access pattern with N channel accesses is generated by calling it N times.

The function of the sub-blocks is explained in detail below. The term “number” is used. This is generally discrete information that can be presented in different ways (e.g. in decimal form, as a binary sequence, etc.).

Network-specific identifier _" ID"

The network-specific identifier is a fixed number that is specified by an external entity (e.g. when configuring the network or the coordinating base station). Ideally, it differs from network to network. For example, it could be a unique, sufficiently long base station ID, a unique network ID or a sufficiently long hash over them. This size is fixed and is the only one in the arrangement shown that does not vary from call to call.

Periodic number generator "Z" The periodic number generator 134 generates a sequence of numbers Z that repeats itself periodically with the periodicity P. It has an internal state S _n , from which the next generated number and the next internal state S _{n + i} can be clearly determined. The decisive feature is that from a single internal state (which is present at any time step) the entire periodic sequence for any time step can be derived. A simple exemplary embodiment is, for example, a modulo P counter which periodically supplies the number sequence 0,1,2 ... (P-1). Another exemplary embodiment is a deterministic random number generator (pseudo random number generator), for example implemented in the form of a feedback shift register (LFSR). A third exemplary embodiment is a finite field (Galois field) with P elements.

Randomizing allocator

The randomizing allocator 136 generates an output number R from the two input numbers ID and Z, i.e. R = map_rand (\ D, Z), where map_rand represents the allocation function. The assignment is as random as possible, i.e. a mathematically correlated input sequence (consisting of ID, Z) generates an output sequence R that is as uncorrelated as possible.

Embodiments are for a randomizing assignment

• Concatenation of the two input numbers

• the application of a cyclic redundancy check (CRC for short) to the input variables ID, Z, which leads to the number R and has a randomizing character,

«The application of a hash function

• The use of an encryption, e.g. AES encryption, whereby the associated key is known to all authorized participants and thus also represents a method for introducing "transport layer security" (TLS for short).

The sequence of the elements of the number R is pseudo-random in nature according to the above provisions. It should differ from network to network in order to avoid overlapping of the channel access patterns as far as possible.

Frequency-to-time allocator The frequency / time assigner 138 assigns a 2-tuple of frequency information (radio frequency f) and time information (access time t) to each input number R by means of a mapping, ie (f, t) = map_ / f (R), where “map_ff represents the mapping function. While the sequence of frequencies can in principle be arbitrary within the specified frequency band, the times must be present in a monotonically increasing form from call to call, since “jumps” in time are not permitted.

As an exemplary embodiment, the case that the channel access is discretized in frequency and time direction (as described above), i.e. in the form of discrete frequency channels and discrete time slots, is of particular importance. In this case, the frequency / time allocator assigns a 2-tuple of frequency channel index fi and time slot index ti to each input number R, i.e. (fi, ti) = map_ff (R). The time slots are indexed in ascending order in time, since “jumps” in time are not permitted. Further information on the assignment of the time slots can be found in Section 3.

The sequence of the 2-tuples (f, t) or (fi, ti) is based on the sequence of the elements of R and defines the channel access pattern.

The exact design of the frequency / time allocator, together with the probability function of the number R, determines the access statistics on the channel.

Status signaling and predictability

The arrangement shown in FIG. 5 generates a channel access pattern which depends both on a network-specific identifier that cannot be changed over time and on a state-dependent (and thus time-variable) periodic number generator (periodicity P). The network-specific identifier can be used to ensure that networks with different network-specific identifiers always generate different sequences of R, even if their number generator should be in the same state. This ensures that different networks do not generate identical channel access patterns and thus, in the worst case, get into a "permanent collision" of the channel accesses.

To determine the channel access pattern used in the network, a terminal requires both the network-specific identifier and the respective status of the periodic number generator. The terminal device receives the network-specific identifier when it first logs on to the network. This is advantageously transmitted by means of beacon signals sent regularly by the base station and made accessible to all authorized terminals. Alternatively, the network-specific identifier can also be made known to the terminal during the course of the initial configuration (with delivery), i.e. before the first start-up in the network.

The status of the periodic number generator can be transmitted either in a regular beacon signal and / or in separate, dedicated status signaling resources. A number generator with periodicity P has P internal states, so that the respective state must be transmitted in order to transmit it. The

The amount of information (number of bits) transmitted per status signaling can thus be controlled as required by the selected periodicity of the number generator.

The information transmitted for the status signaling can be transmitted in the form of several pieces of information, it being possible for the transmission to take place at different frequencies. For example, if the periodic number generator (Z) is a counter, the most significant bits (MSBs) of the counter could be separated from the least significant bits (LSBs). ) and also with a different frequency (e.g. less often). Even if it is not a counter, the entire status information could be transmitted in the form of several partial status information items with different transmission frequencies.

Due to the periodicity of the number generator, a terminal, to which the state of the number generator is known at at least one point in time, can determine the entire channel access pattern for any points in time / time slots in the future. This enables the terminal to deactivate, for example, the transmitter / receiver unit in an energy-saving idle state and, when the transmitter / receiver unit is subsequently activated, to predict the then valid section of the channel access pattern from the last previously known state. A transmission of the status information by the base station can thus take place at comparatively long time intervals.

In summary, the method described here has the advantage that a comparatively large state space for the (pseudo-random) number R is spanned by the combination of a network-specific identifier and a periodic number generator. This prevents the channel access pattern of networks from using different network-specific identifiers are identical, with which a systematic collision of the channel accesses of different, mutually uncoordinated networks can be minimized. This proves to be particularly advantageous in the Telegram Splitting Multiple Access (TSMA) method.

Advantageous features of the frequency-time allocator are detailed in the following sections.

Another embodiment of the controller

According to FIG. 5 and the description above, a periodic number generator 134 is required. This is replaced as follows in the following exemplary embodiment.

Real radio networks are often operated with a beacon signal that is sent out regularly. Each beacon transmission can be provided with a counter which corresponds to a beacon sequence index. This beacon sequence index is referred to here as the “beacon index”.

It is also common for the time slots in a time slot-based system to be provided with a time slot index counter (which increases in the time direction) (see also FIG. 3). This is referred to here as the “time slot index”. The beacon index is reset to zero at certain intervals specified in the system, so that it has a periodicity. The same applies to the time slot index (which starts again at zero after a beacon transmission, for example).

6 shows a schematic block diagram of a controller 130 for generating a channel access pattern, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

The controller 130 may include a memory 132, a first buffer 135_1, a second buffer 135_2, a randomizing allocator 136, and a frequency / time allocator 138.

The memory (for example a register) 132 can be designed to hold a network-specific identifier ID 140, for example an (individual) bit sequence that does not change. The first buffer (eg a register) 135_1 can be designed to hold a periodic beacon index Z1 143_1. The second buffer (eg a register) 135_2 can be designed to store a periodic time slot index Z2 143_2 hold up. The randomizing allocator 136 can be designed to determine a pseudo-random number R 144 as a function of the periodic beacon index Z1 143_1, the periodic time slot index Z2 143_2 and the network-specific identifier ID 140. The frequency / point in time allocator 138 can be designed to determine frequency information f 146 and time information t 148 based on the pseudo-random number R 144. For example, the frequency information f 146 and the time information t 148 can describe or define a frequency channel and a time slot (or a frequency channel index and a time slot index) and thus a resource of the channel access pattern.

In other words, FIG. 6 shows a modified basic structure for generating channel access patterns with a beacon index and a time slot index. FIG. 6 shows an exemplary embodiment in which, compared to the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 5, the periodic number generator (output Z) 134 consists of the two blocks “periodic beacon index” (output Z1) 135_1 and “periodic time slot index” (output Z2) 135_2 was replaced. All other blocks are functionally unchanged (the randomizing allocator now has three inputs).

The controllers 130 shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 enable the generation of network-specific channel access patterns, these having at least one of the following properties:

• The channel access patterns contain as few overlapping partial sequences as possible,

• there is a large stock of channel access patterns (e.g. in areas with high network density),

• the channel access patterns are designed in such a way that they have a very high periodicity,

• the channel access patterns lead (if the corresponding requirements are present) to an average uniform use of the available frequency channels,

The signaling of the applied pattern is carried out by the coordinating entity with as little signaling information as possible, and

• End devices can determine the content of the channel access pattern at any future times, even if the signaling of the channel access pattern is received once and in full (this enables end devices to take longer pauses in reception, e.g. for energy-saving reasons, and when they are switched on again, the then valid channel access pattern on the basis of before To determine the pause in receiving received information). A.2. Control of channel access in the frequency domain

To simplify the following illustration, it is assumed that the frequency range (or the frequency band) is divided into discrete frequency channels and that transmission takes place according to the TSMA method.

Mobile radio channels usually have signal attenuation that varies over frequency. If a data packet is transmitted in the form of several partial data packets according to the TSMA method and the underlying mobile radio channel is not known in the transmitter, the error rate of the transmission can be reduced or even minimized on average by placing the individual partial data packets over the entire frequency range as far as possible transmitted in a distributed manner (utilization of frequency diversity).

For this reason, it can be advantageous (especially when a data packet consists of only a few partial data packets) if it is ensured that the frequency channels on which the partial data packets are transmitted have a certain (minimum) spacing in the frequency range relative to one another.

Since the channel access pattern within a network largely determines the frequency hopping behavior in TSMA, a suitable method can be used to ensure that there is a minimum distance between two successive frequency channels of the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the frequency / point in time allocator 138 (see FIG. 5 or 6) can therefore be designed to determine frequency information f and time information t based on the pseudo-random number R, the frequency information f specifying a distance between two successive frequency channels .

The frequency / point in time allocator 138 in FIG. 5 or 6, which independently defines absolute frequency channels from access to access on the basis of the pseudo-random number R, can thus alternatively also determine distances between two successive frequency channels.

7 shows a schematic block diagram of a section of the controller 130, according to an exemplary embodiment. As can be seen in FIG. 7, the frequency / point in time allocator 138 (see FIG. 5 or 6) can be designed to determine frequency information and time information based on the pseudo-random number R, the Frequency information indicates a distance Dfi _n between two successive frequency channels.

As can also be seen in FIG. 7, the controller 130 can have a mapper 150 which can be designed to _{map the distance Dfi n} between two successive frequency channels to a frequency channel index fi, for example by a combiner (eg adder) 152 and a Delay element 154.

In other words, FIG. 7 shows the generation of frequency hops with a minimum and or maximum hop width. In FIG. 7 it is illustrated that the frequency / point in time allocator 138 of FIG. 5 or 6 is now replaced by a frequency difference / point in time allocator 138 which no longer supplies absolute frequency channel indices at its immediate output, but rather frequency channel index numbers. Differences.

A suitable assignment function (Dfi, t) = map_Dft (R) in the frequency difference / point in time assigner can ensure that only frequency channel index jumps

Dfi _n = fi _{n + i} -fi _n (from channel access n to channel access n + 1), which are e.g. within a desired range,

There are numerous methods for implementing such a restriction, which are not themselves the subject of the invention. An exemplary implementation in the form of a corresponding program code for MATLAB (with which FIG. 8 was generated) can be found in the appendix.

8 shows in a diagram a histogram based on a Monte Carlo simulation over the variable Dfi (difference in the frequency channel index Dfi between temporally adjacent channel accesses).

In the example shown, 72 frequency channels are available. The simulation results associated parameters are Afi _min = 21, Dfi _m ax = 51, ie, the amount of the distance between two successive accesses in the channel access pattern is 21 to 51 frequency channels.

Other forms of distribution for Dfi than shown in FIG. 8 can be generated by suitable modifications of the exemplary program code that are easily understood by a person skilled in the art (eg uniform distribution in the range from -Dfi _m m to -Dfimax or + Dfimin to + Dfi _max). A.3. Specification of the time channel access activity

In a heavily used system, all available time slots can be included in the channel access pattern. In less heavily used systems, not every time slot has to be available for channel access. This is shown in the following figure.

9 shows in a diagram a frequency and time hop-based allocation of the resources 112 of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern 110 and a projection of the channel access pattern 110 onto a time axis, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

In other words, FIG. 9 shows, by way of example, in the upper part a channel access pattern 110 in the dimensions frequency and time (resource elements 112) and in the lower part its projection onto the time dimension. It can be seen that not every time slot is part of the channel access pattern 110.

Thus, in addition to the frequency dimension (in the form of the frequency channel index), the time dimension (in the form of the time slot index) is also available for generating a pseudo-random channel access pattern 110. When generating a channel access pattern, an average activity rate A can thus be specified. This is defined here as the mean ratio of time slots used for channel access to the maximum total available time slots. When each time slot is used, the activity rate A is therefore 1 (100%). On the other hand, if on average only every third time slot is included in the channel access pattern, the average activity rate is A = 1/3.

The activity rate thus determines the (temporal) density of the resources 112 offered in the channel access pattern 110.

In exemplary embodiments, the time slots selected for the channel access at a predetermined activity rate can be determined pseudo-randomly from a suitable part of the pseudo-random number R (see FIG. 5 or 6).

Embodiment example 1 In each step n, an integer r _n can be derived from the associated pseudo-random number R _n _{, which can assume values between r max} and r _max , ie r _max £ r _n <r _max . After each time slot active in the channel access pattern 110, a number of r _n time slots can be skipped; these are therefore not used for the channel access. This process is shown by way of example in FIG. 10.

In detail, FIG. 10 shows, in a diagram, resource elements 112 of a channel access pattern 110 projected onto a time axis, which result in unused time slots, according to an exemplary embodiment.

In other words, FIG. 10 shows an exemplary sequence of used and unused time slots, according to an exemplary embodiment.

If the number r is derived from the number R in such a way that the elements of r occur between r _min and r _max with the same frequency (uniform distribution), the following activity rate results:

A-2 / (2 + rmin + r _max ).

The method presented in the above exemplary embodiment has the advantage that minimum and maximum intervals between the time slots active in the channel access pattern 110 can be specified. The specification of minimum distances can be particularly advantageous in the case of battery-operated devices in which transmission pauses of a certain minimum length between two successive transmissions (recovery phase) increase the battery life.

In a comparable procedure, it can be specified that a minimum number of active time slots follow one another directly.

Embodiment 2

In an implementation in accordance with exemplary embodiment 1, theoretically longer areas with a locally significantly higher or lower activity rate than desired can occur. This effect is avoided in the following exemplary embodiment. Here, groups of successive time slots are specified periodically, within each of which an active time slot of the channel access pattern is placed. This is shown as an example for an activity rate of 1/4 (25%) in FIG.

In detail, FIG. 11 shows, in a diagram, resource elements 112 of a channel access pattern 110 projected onto a time axis with an activity rate A = 1/4, according to an exemplary embodiment.

In other words, FIG. 11 shows an exemplary sequence of used and unused time slots, according to an exemplary embodiment.

As can be seen in FIG. 11, the time slots can be grouped into clusters 114 (in the example of FIG. 11 of length 4). Exactly one time slot of the channel access pattern 110 is placed in each cluster 114. The position of the time slots included in the channel access pattern 110 within the cluster 114 can be determined by a shift v _n which is derived from the pseudo random number R _n and which can assume integer values between 0 and (cluster length − 1).

In the event that a minimum distance between two successive time slots of the channel access pattern 110 is to be ensured, areas that cannot be occupied can be introduced between the clusters 114. These can consist of one or more time slots, as is illustrated in FIG.

In detail, FIG. 12 shows, in a diagram, resource elements 112 of a channel access pattern 110 projected onto a time axis with an activity rate A = 1/4 and a predetermined minimum distance between successive time slots of the channel access pattern 110, according to an embodiment.

In other words, FIG. 12 shows an exemplary sequence of used and unused time slots with unoccupied time slots, according to an exemplary embodiment.

As can be seen in FIG. 12, the permissible range of the shift variable v _{n is} reduced to the value range from 0 to (cluster length-1 -length of the unoccupied area) due to the unoccupied time slots.

Depending on the selected activity rate, the clusters 114 may have to have different lengths in order to achieve the desired activity rate. In this case it varies Value range of v _n according to the respective cluster length. For example, to set an activity rate of 40%, clusters of length two and length three can alternate.

A.4. Channel access patterns with areas of different activity rate

Data packets that are to reach the recipient as quickly as possible (short latency time) require channel accesses that are as close to one another as possible during transmission, i.e. a comparatively high rate of activity in the channel access pattern.

In the case of data packets where transmission security (e.g. high robustness against external interferers) is in the foreground, a distribution of the transmission over a longer period of time can be advantageous, i.e. a comparatively low activity rate in the channel access pattern can be favorable. The same applies to devices in which a temporally equalized energy extraction from the battery (temporally stretched transmission activity) is desired.

As shown above, the activity rate, i.e. the frequency of the channel access, can be specified by suitable measures. In order to meet the possibly different requirements in a network, a channel access pattern can be designed in such a way that it has areas with different activity rates. This is shown by way of example in FIG. Depending on the individual requirements, end devices can then send, for example, in the area that is suitable for them.

In detail, FIG. 13 shows a temporal division of a channel access pattern 110 into areas of different activity rates Ai, A ₂ and A3, according to an exemplary embodiment.

In other words, FIG. 13 shows an example of a channel access pattern with three areas of different activity rates within the channel access pattern 110.

A.5. Demand-dependent (dynamic) adaptation of the activity rate of the channel access pattern

In networks (or communication systems) 102, different load situations can exist at different times. As stated above, the design of the channel access pattern 110 (ie its activity rate or average time density) can be used to determine the actively usable resource reserve for this network. The provision of a high reserve of resources (high activity rate) with a low actual load can be disadvantageous, particularly in the case of battery-operated devices. An example is a battery-operated base station (eg a PAN network, possibly in so-called repeater mode), which operates the receiver during all active resources of the channel access pattern and thus uses energy.

It can therefore make sense to dynamically adapt the mean activity rate, that is to say the time density of the resources offered by the channel access pattern 110, to the present load conditions. If the activity rate of the channel access pattern 110 is changed, this is correspondingly signaled to the subscribers in the network, for which, for example, the beacon signal (or also dedicated signaling resources) can be used.

If a terminal 106 is in a longer idle state (energy-saving mode), it can happen that it does not receive the signaling information transmitted by the base station 104 during the idle state via a possibly changed channel access pattern. In such a scenario, it can make sense that a channel access pattern 110 provides a minimum supply of (basic) resources that is available at any time and without special signaling, as well as an additional supply of resources that can be added depending on the load and is subject to corresponding signaling .

Resources additionally added to the channel access pattern in the above sense can, for example, be arranged chronologically after the basic resources or also be arranged interlaced with them in the two-frequency grid, as shown in FIG.

In detail, FIG. 14 shows in a diagram a frequency and time hop-based allocation of the resources 112 of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern 110, the channel access pattern 110 additionally having resources 112 ^* that can be activated if required, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

In other words, FIG. 14 shows an example of interlocking basic and additional resources.

A.6. Adaptive frequency range allocation In certain unlicensed frequency bands, users can decide for themselves, without regulatory restrictions, which frequency ranges they use within the frequency band. This can mean that certain areas of the available frequency band are more heavily occupied by external users than others and are therefore exposed to stronger interference.

If a base station 104 detects such a medium- or long-term asymmetrical utilization of the frequency band (e.g. through frequency-channel signal-to-interference power estimates based on received signals), the above-average area of the frequency band can be avoided for use by the own network, by not including the associated frequency channels in the channel access pattern. This must be taken into account in the frequency / time allocator (see Fig. 5 or 6) and is signaled to all network participants in a suitable manner.

The group of the excluded frequency channels can be described e.g. by a corresponding start and end frequency channel index or by a start frequency channel index and a subsequent number of channels.

15 shows in a diagram a frequency- and time-hop-based allocation of the resources 112 of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern 110, wherein a regularly more disturbed frequency range 115 of the frequency band is not occupied by the channel access pattern 110, according to an embodiment of the present invention. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

As can be seen in FIG. 15, when the channel access pattern 110 is generated, a frequency range 115 that is regularly more disturbed (e.g., heavily occupied by external networks) is taken into account. Frequency channels in this frequency range 115 are therefore not included in the channel access pattern 110.

In other words, FIG. 15 shows an example of excluding severely disturbed frequency channels from the channel access pattern.

With the reporting of interference-prone frequency ranges for data transmission in one's own network, a certain load balancing takes place at the same time over the frequency band, in that other networks do not experience any additional interference in the already heavily used frequency ranges. A.7. Bundling of resource elements in the frequency domain (frequency channel bundling)

Depending on the hardware and software used, it is possible that a base station 104 can receive on several frequency channels at the same time (frequency channel bundling). In this case it is advantageous, especially in systems with a higher load, to increase the number of resource elements offered within the network accordingly in the frequency dimension and to include several frequency channels within a time slot in the channel access pattern, as shown in FIG.

In detail, FIG. 16 shows in a diagram a frequency- and time-hop-based allocation of resources 112 of the frequency band defined by a channel access pattern 110, resources 112 being bundled in the frequency range, according to an exemplary embodiment. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

In other words, FIG. 16 shows an exemplary illustration of the channel access pattern 110 when three adjacent frequency channels are bundled to form resource clusters. The bundling of three frequency channels is shown in FIG. 16 by way of example. Each group of resource elements in a time slot can be referred to as a “resource cluster”. The channel access pattern 110 can be supplemented by the information about the number of frequency channels that constitute a resource cluster.

As a further exemplary embodiment, it should be mentioned that the frequency channels grouped into resource clusters do not necessarily have to be immediately adjacent.

The following shows how one or more subscribers of a communication system 102 can access a selection of the resources released for the communication system 102 by the network-specific channel access pattern 110 using a relative channel access pattern.

B. Channel access via relative channel access patterns 17 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication system 102 with a

Base station 104 and two end points 106_1-106_2, according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The communication system 102 shown in FIG. 17 has, for example, a base station 104 and two end points 106_1-106_2. However, the present invention is not restricted to such exemplary embodiments; rather, the communication system 102 can have one or more endpoints 106_1-106_n, where n is a natural number greater than or equal to one. For example, the communication system can have 1, 10, 100, 1,000, 10,000 or even 100,000 end points.

As has already been explained in detail above (see e.g. Fig. 4), the subscribers (= base station 104 and end points 106_1-106_2) of the communication system use a frequency band for mutual communication (e.g. a license-free and / or license-free frequency band, e.g. ISM band), which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The communication system 102 works in an uncoordinated manner in relation to the other communication systems that use the same frequency band.

As was also explained in detail above, the base station 104 is designed to send a signal 120, the signal 120 having information about a network-specific channel access pattern 110, the network-specific channel access pattern 110 having a frequency and frequency that can be used for the communication of the communication system 102 / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the frequency band, while the end points 106_1-106_2 are designed to receive the signal 120 and to determine the network-specific channel access pattern 110 based on the information about the network-specific channel access pattern (see, for example, FIGS. 5 and 6) .

For mutual communication, ie for mutual transmission of data, the subscribers (e.g. base station 104 and endpoint 106_1) of communication system 102 can use a relative channel access pattern which indicates which of the resources released or usable for communication in communication system 102 by network-specific channel access pattern 110 are actually to be used for the transmission of the data. In detail, in exemplary embodiments, the base station 104 can be designed to transmit data 160 (for example a signal with the data 160) using a relative channel access pattern (for example to send to the endpoint 106_1 and / or to receive it from the endpoint 106_1), wherein the relative channel access pattern indicates an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern 110.

In embodiments, the endpoint 106_1 can be configured to transmit data 160 (eg a signal with the data 160) using the relative channel access pattern (eg to receive from the base station and / or to send to the base station 104), the relative Channel access pattern indicates an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In embodiments, a different relative channel access pattern can be used for mutual communication between other participants (e.g. base station 104 and endpoint 106_2) of communication system 102, which indicates which of the resources released or usable by network-specific channel access pattern 110 for communication of communication system 102 is actually for the Transmission of the data are to be used, the relative channel access pattern (e.g. from endpoint 106_1) and the other relative channel access pattern (e.g. from endpoint 106_2) being different.

For example, in exemplary embodiments, the base station 104 can also be designed to transmit data 162 (eg a signal with the data 162) using a different relative channel access pattern (eg to send to the other endpoint 106_2 and / or from the other endpoint 106_2 to receive), the other relative channel access pattern indicating an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern and the other relative channel access pattern being different.

The other endpoint 106_2 can be configured to transmit data 162 (e.g. a signal with the data 162) using the other relative channel access pattern (e.g. to receive from the base station 104 and / or to send to the base station 104), whereby the other relative channel access patterns one to be used for transmission Allocation of resources from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern indicates, the relative channel access pattern and the other relative channel access pattern being different.

In the following, exemplary embodiments of the application and generation of relative channel access patterns are described. The relative channel access patterns can be determined by the subscribers (e.g. the base station 104 and at least one of the end points 106_1-106_2), for example by the controller 130 implemented in the subscribers.

The following exemplary embodiments refer to the exemplary embodiments described in section A, which, if several radio networks (e.g. LPWAN, PAN) coexist in reciprocal reception range, structure access to a shared frequency band in such a way that the cross-network, mutual interference of the participants or the negative effects of which on the transmission security are reduced or even minimized.

The following description is based on a communication arrangement of mutually uncoordinated radio networks for data transmission that access a commonly used frequency band. In some exemplary embodiments, it is assumed that the so-called Telegram Splitting Multiple Access (TSMA) method is used for data transmission, as described in [1], for example. In this case, a data packet protected by means of channel coding is divided into several partial data packets, which are transmitted in several different time and / or frequency resources.

In addition, it is assumed in some exemplary embodiments that there is a coordinating entity within each network (hereinafter referred to as “base station”, within the framework of the IEEE standard [2] called “PAN coordinator”), which the non-coordinating participants of the network (hereinafter "Terminals" or "Endpoints") can transmit information about the channel access pattern used within the network. The channel access patterns described above (see Section A) define a set of radio resources (resource elements) that are generally available for transmission within a network for a certain period of time. They thus define the supply of resources (valid for the period under consideration) determined by the base station, which the terminals can access. In the case of channel access methods, a fundamental distinction is made between “contention-free access” and “contention-based access”. In contention-free access, a terminal device is assigned uniquely specified radio resources for exclusive use by the coordinating entity (base station). In the case of competition-based access - to which exemplary embodiments relate - the terminal has a range of radio resources available from which the terminal can use its own initiative if necessary, ie without individual resource allocation. It is characteristic here that other end devices can also access the same offer, so that there can be conflicts in access to the shared radio resources. The aim is to reduce or even avoid these conflicts as much as possible.

Embodiments thus deal with techniques that make the distribution of the available resources (which have been defined by the base station) as effective as possible, so that the interference between the subscribers within the network is reduced or even minimized.

Embodiments of the present invention relate to a hierarchical division of the channel access when using the TSMA method:

• The specification of an offer of available radio resources by the base station in the form of the network-specific channel access pattern (see Section A). The task of the channel access patterns is to design the access of several uncoordinated networks to a shared frequency band in such a way that the participants in different networks affect each other as little as possible (goal: separation of the networks from one another).

• The selection and use of radio resources from the above network-specific

Channel access pattern ("offer") by end devices in the form of a relative channel access pattern. The relative channel access pattern is hierarchically below the network-specific channel access pattern and cannot use any resources that are outside the network-specific channel access pattern. The indexing of the resources can therefore advantageously take place relative to the network-specific channel access pattern.

The different relative channel access patterns have the task of providing several participants within a network (possibly in the same period of time) with access to the common resource offer within the framework of competition-based access, whereby the participants within the network mutually support each other should have as little impact as possible (goal: separation of the participants within a network).

Embodiments provide that there is a stock of relative channel access patterns known both to the base station and to the terminals of the network, from which the terminal uses one for each transmission, for example. The selection of a relative channel access pattern from the available pool can take place according to various criteria and is described in more detail below.

B.1. Channel access via hierarchically organized channel access patterns

As stated above, exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to the hierarchical structure of the channel access pattern of network participants consisting of two components:

• a network-specific channel access pattern, which defines the availability of radio resources in the respective network at the relevant point in time (see Section A), and

• a relative channel access pattern. This defines which of the available resources are actually occupied / used during a data transmission.

The actively used relative channel access pattern of a network subscriber thus consists of a subset of the network-specific channel access pattern.

The use of the exemplary embodiments described herein is particularly advantageous in the case of data transmission according to the TSMA method, in which a data packet is transmitted divided into a number of partial data packets. For the sake of illustration and without restricting the general validity, the following illustration assumes that the frequency band is divided into a number of discrete frequency channels and that the accesses within a network are also discretized over time in the form of time slots.

18 shows in a diagram a frequency and time hopping-based usable allocation of resources 112 of the frequency band indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern 110, an allocation of resources 118 to be used for the transmission indicated by a relative channel access pattern 116 from the usable allocation of resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110, as well as Projections of the channel access patterns 110, 116 onto time axes before and after removal of unused resources (eg time slots), according to an exemplary embodiment. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

As can be seen in FIG. 18, the network-specific channel access pattern 110 defines the distribution of the resources 112 of the frequency band (e.g. each defined by time slot and frequency channel, or time slot index and frequency channel index), which are used by communication system 102 and thus by the subscribers (base station 104 and Endpoints 106_1-106_2) of the communication system 102 can be used for mutual communication, while the relative channel access pattern 116 indicates those resources 118 from the usable resources 112 that are used by a subset of participants (e.g. a limited group of participants, e.g. two participants, such as base station 104 and endpoint 106_1) of communication system 102 can actually be used for mutual communication.

In other words, FIG. 18 shows a schematic exemplary illustration of the network-specific and relative channel access pattern (hierarchical structure of the channel access). In the upper part, FIG. 18 shows, by way of example, the division of the radio resources in a discrete time / frequency grid into a large number of resource elements. A resource element is described by a frequency channel index and a time slot index. In the upper part of FIG. 18, a network-specific channel access pattern 110 is shown, which is highlighted by resource elements 112 which are symbolically connected to one another by arrows. This network-specific channel access pattern 110 represents the range of resource elements 122 which are made available by a network (or communication system) 102. In this example, signals can only be transmitted on one frequency channel in a time slot.

If the two-dimensional representation is projected onto the time axis and all time slots that are not occupied in the network-specific channel access pattern 110 are removed, then the "available resources" 112 result according to the above representation .

In the bottom part of FIG. 18, a relative channel access pattern 116 is shown by way of example, which defines a subset of the available resources (possibly also all of them). The channel access pattern effectively resulting in the selected example (ie the hierarchical Combination of network-specific and relative channel access pattern) is identified in all areas of FIG. 18 by resource elements 118. The relative channel access pattern with its relative time slot index can be calculated back to the original discrete time grid using the mean activity rate A defined in section A. This mean activity rate is defined as the mean ratio of time slots used for channel access to the maximum total available time slots. When each time slot is used, the activity rate A is therefore 1 (100%). If, on the other hand, as shown in the upper part of FIG. 18, on average only every second time slot is included in the channel access pattern (that is, 10 out of 20), then the average activity rate is A = 1/2.

B.2. Bundling of resource elements in the frequency domain (frequency channel bundling)

Depending on the hardware and software used, it is possible that a base station 102 can receive on several frequency channels at the same time (frequency channel bundling). In this case, it is advantageous, especially in systems with a higher load, to increase the number of resource elements offered within the network accordingly in the frequency dimension and to include several frequency channels within a time slot in the network-specific channel access pattern 110. This is shown in FIG. 19.

19 shows in a diagram a frequency- and time-hop-based usable allocation of resources 112 of the frequency band bundled in the frequency range, indicated by a relative channel access pattern 116, indicated by a relative channel access pattern 116 from the usable resources 118 to be used for transmission Allocation of resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110, as well as projections of the channel access patterns 110, 116 on time axes before and after removal of unused resources (eg time slots). The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

As can be seen in FIG. 19, the network-specific channel access pattern 110 indicates a bundling of resources 112 in the frequency direction (e.g. per time slot or time slot index), i.e. a plurality of adjacent resources 112 (e.g. frequency channels or frequency channel indices) of the frequency band, the relative channel access pattern 116 indicates at most a subset (for example at most one resource, ie one or no resource) of the plurality of neighboring resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110 in the frequency direction. In other words, FIG. 19 shows a schematic exemplary illustration of the network-specific channel access pattern 110 and the relative channel access pattern 116 with seamless frequency channel bundling.

19 shows, by way of example, a bundling of three respectively connected frequency channels per occupied time slot. Correspondingly, with the relative channel access pattern 116, in addition to the time dimension, the occupancy of the (in the example: three) frequency channels is also available as a degree of freedom.

The same procedure as described above can also be used if the multiple frequency channels available within a time slot are not present as a (seamlessly) contiguous area, but are distributed in a different manner over the available frequency channels, as shown in FIG.

20 shows in a diagram a frequency- and time-hop-based usable allocation of resources 112 of the frequency band that are spaced apart in the frequency range, indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern 110, and an allocation of resources 118 from the usable allocation indicated by a relative channel access pattern 116 to be used for the transmission of resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110, an allocation of resources 119 to be used for the transmission specified by another relative channel access pattern 117 from the usable allocation of resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110, as well as projections of the channel access patterns 110, 116, 117 on time axes before and after removing unused time slots or frequency channels, according to an embodiment. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

As can be seen in FIG. 20, the network-specific channel access pattern 110 indicates a bundling of resources 112 in the frequency direction (e.g. per time slot or time slot index), that is, a plurality of resources 112 spaced apart from one another (e.g. frequency channels or frequency channel indices) of the frequency band, the relative Channel access pattern 116 in the frequency direction specifies at most a subset (for example at most one resource, ie one or no resource) of the plurality of spaced apart resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110, and the other relative channel access pattern 117 in the frequency direction at most indicating a subset (for example at most one resource, ie one or no resource) of the plurality of one another indicates spaced resources 112 of the network-specific channel access pattern 110, wherein the relative channel access pattern 116 and the other relative channel access pattern 117 are different.

In other words, FIG. 20 shows a schematic exemplary illustration of the network-specific channel access pattern 110 and the relative channel access pattern 116 in the case of frequency channel bundling with gaps.

The advantage of this frequency channel bundling is that, as with the relative channel access pattern 117 of a second participant (e.g. user) additionally shown in FIG. 20, significantly less adjacent channel interference (the channel separation of two directly adjacent channels is always problematic due to the limited filter effect, especially when one channel with a significantly stronger reception power than the adjacent channel is received) as in FIG. 19 occurs.

The advantage of the bundling described in FIGS. 19 and 20 is that more terminals within the network and within a given period of time can access the radio resources (higher load). Alternatively, with a given load, the probability of channel access collisions can be reduced by channel bundling, since a given access volume is distributed to more potential resource elements (reduced mutual interference between the participants within the network). The advantage of frequency channel bundling compared to using more time slots is also greater energy efficiency, since the receiver switches on the receiver for fewer time slots with the same supply of resource elements.

If a terminal has the ability to transmit on several frequency channels simultaneously, this can be provided for in the relative channel access pattern. This is illustrated in the following figure, which is limited only to the relative channel access pattern (corresponding to the lower parts of FIGS. 19 and 20).

21 shows in a diagram a projection of a network-specific channel access pattern 110 and a relative channel access pattern 116 on the time axis after the removal of unused frequency channels and time slots, the relative channel access pattern 116 in the frequency direction occupying several of the resources 112 available in the frequency direction for at least some of the time jumps . The ordinate describes the relative frequency channel indices and the abscissa the relative time slot indices. In other words, FIG. 21 shows a diagram of a relative channel access pattern 116 in the case of frequency channel bundling with simultaneous transmission (eg transmission) on a plurality of frequency channels.

B.3. Allocation of resources with channel access at different symbol rates

In the above explanations, it was assumed by way of example that the signal is generated on each frequency channel with an identical symbol rate. However, if, as described above, an area consisting of several directly adjacent frequency channels is available, this area, referred to below as a “resource cluster”, can be divided into several sub-resources. Different symbol rates and / or a different number of symbols can be assigned to these partial resources, as is illustrated in FIG. 22.

22 shows, in a diagram, a frequency- and time-hopping-based, usable occupancy of resources 112 bundled into blocks (or clusters) 113 in the frequency domain, indicated by a network-specific channel access pattern 110

Frequency band, with different parts 111_ 1 -111_4 of the block 113 of contiguous resources 112 being assigned different symbol rates and / or different numbers of symbols, according to an exemplary embodiment. The ordinate describes the frequency channel indices and the abscissa the time slot indices.

In other words, FIG. 22 shows the formation of resource clusters 113 with partial resources 111_1-111_4 of different symbol rates and numbers of symbols per time slot (example).

22 shows an example of a detail from a channel access pattern with a sequence of resource clusters 113 which are constituted by bundling five frequency channels each. In the example, each resource cluster 113 is divided into four independent sub-resources “A” (111_1), “B” (111_2), “C” (111_3), “D” (111_4), in which different multiples of the symbol rate f _s and the number of symbols N _s are used. With a double symbol rate and a given number of symbols, two successive accesses by two different participants can take place, for example, due to the shortened symbol duration in a time slot. This is the case in FIG. 22 for the temporally successive partial resources “B” (111_2) and “C” (111_3). The advantage of this procedure is that, within the network-specific channel access pattern 110, resources can be allocated with different symbol rates and thus transmission bandwidths as required.

It is readily apparent to a person skilled in the art that the division of resource clusters 113 formed by frequency channel bundling into individual sub-resources can be carried out in a variety of ways. The symbol rates used here do not necessarily have to be integer multiples of a basic symbol rate (as in the example chosen). The same applies to the number of symbols in the sub-resources.

B.4 Criteria for generating relative channel access patterns

Different requirements for the relative channel access pattern 116 can result from different transmission scenarios.

Data packets that are to reach the recipient as quickly as possible (short latency) require channel accesses as closely as possible to one another during transmission, i.e. a comparatively high activity rate A in the network-specific channel access pattern, as described in Section A. In the case of data packets for which transmission security (e.g. high robustness against external interferers) is in the foreground, a distribution of the transmission over a longer period of time can be advantageous, i.e. a comparatively low activity rate A in the network-specific channel access pattern can be favorable. The same applies to devices in which a temporally equalized energy extraction from the battery (temporally stretched transmission activity) is desired.

It is therefore advantageous to design the set of available relative channel access patterns in such a way that needs-based channel access patterns with desired properties are available for different scenarios.

The key design parameters for a set of K relative channel access patterns are

• in frequency direction the number of F specified frequency channels within a time slot,

«In the time direction, the number of Z available time slots with a specified duration TRE, with only one resource element entering Z per time index element, • the mean activity rate A specified in section A, with the aid of which an absolute time slot length Z / A results from the relative time slot length. From this, for a given duration TRE of a resource element, the total frame duration T Frame = T _RE (Z / A) can be specified in seconds,

The number of D partial data packets into which a data packet is broken down, and the error correction code used in the data packet, which can be a block or convolutional code with a predetermined code rate R, for example. Usually the number of partial data packets is significantly smaller than the number of resource elements available in the time direction, that is D «Z.

23 shows in a diagram a projection of a network-specific channel access pattern 110 and a relative channel access pattern 116 with D resources 112 on the time axis after the removal of unused resources (frequency channels and time slots), according to an exemplary embodiment. The ordinate describes the relative frequency channel indices and the abscissa the relative time slot indices.

23 shows a representation of a resource frame with F x Z resources and an absolute total length of TRE * (Z / A) seconds.

In a first design _step, based on the total frame duration Tp rame and the network-specific activity rate A from section A and the duration TRE for a resource element, the number of available resource elements is to be determined.

When determining the total _frame duration T Frame = T _RE · (Z / A), the application is important. In an application that requires a short latency period, such as a wireless light switch, doorbell or door opener, T _Fr a _m e should not be greater than 500 ms. In the case of non-latency-critical applications, in which the robustness against external interferers is more important, the duration of a resource frame can easily assume values of 5 to 10 seconds.

The network-specific activity rate A from section A is also influenced by the application. For latency-critical applications, the activity rate should be relatively high, i.e. between A = 0.33 and 1. With a value of 0.33, on average only every third time slot is included in the network-specific channel access pattern 110, while the 2 other time slots are not used in this network. In the case of non-latency-critical applications, in particular in the case of battery-operated end devices, the values for the activity rate can definitely drop to A = 0.1. Finally, the time TRE of a partial data packet or resource element still has to be determined. With a symbol rate fs of around 2500 sym / s, for example, and a number of 30 to 80 symbols per partial data packet, values of 12 to 32 ms result for TRE.

The number Z of resources available in the time direction can be determined from the application-specific specifications for 7> _{rame, TRE and A.} Together with the F predetermined frequency channels, the total available resources per resource frame then result. As shown in the table shown in FIG. 24, these values can differ significantly depending on the application.

In detail, FIG. 24 shows, in a table, a resource calculation for various exemplary applications.

If the number of F x Z resource elements available in the resource frame was determined on the basis of the first design step, in the second design step, based on the length D of each channel access pattern and the available F x Z resource elements, the following applies Number M of the different channel access patterns to be determined.

Depending on the F x Z available resource elements there are

different channel access patterns of length D, which differ in at least one resource element. In equation (1) it was assumed that a pattern per time slot index may only use one resource element from all F frequency channels, see FIG. 20. For the first example from the table shown in FIG. 24 and a D = 4, equation ( 1) an M _max = 70 and in the latter case an M _ma = 8x10 ⁴⁶ with an assumed D = 24. If a simultaneous transmission of several partial data packets were allowed on several frequency channels, as shown in FIG. 21, then M _max would be again increase massively. Advantageously, the number D of partial packets should be selected to be as large as possible, since the robustness against interference from other subscribers is then greatest, regardless of whether they come from your own network or from external networks. Usually In the case of IOT-based TSMA transmission, a data packet is broken down into 10 to 30 partial data packets. If a transmission time corresponding to this number of partial data packets is not available, for example in some latency-critical applications, the value of D can also be smaller.

In general, the larger the number M of available channel access patterns is selected, the lower the probability of a full collision. A full collision occurs when two terminals both accidentally choose the same channel access pattern for their transmission. If, for example, M = 128 different patterns are available, the probability of a full collision is 0.78125% (1/128) if it is assumed that each terminal device randomly selects its channel access pattern from the M available patterns. With an M = 1024 this collision probability drops to 0.0977%. In the event of a full collision, it can be assumed that, depending on the reception level ratio, at least the data packet content of the weaker received end device can no longer be decoded without errors; with similar or identical reception levels, the data packets of both users can even be lost. The advantage of the telegram division method described in [1] is that only a few partial data packets collide due to the various channel access patterns, which can, however, be reconstructed again using the error correction code used.

25 shows, in a diagram, simulation results of the packet error rate for different channel access pattern lengths M as a function of the number of simultaneously active terminals with 360 resource elements. The ordinate describes the packet error rate PER and the abscissa the number of N terminals active at the same time in the resource frame (e.g. end points).

In detail, the simulation results from FIG. 25 show the course of the packet error rate PER for different lengths M of channel access patterns over the number N of terminals active at the same time in the resource frame, a convolutional code with rate R = 1/3 being used as error protection. Furthermore, F = 1 and Z = 360 were assumed and the channel access pattern length was D = 18.

With N = 2 terminals, the various full collision probabilities can be recognized as a function of M. The larger the specified M, the lower the failure probabilities of the PER curves of the different channel access pattern lengths. With an M = 1024, 1024 different Channel access patterns are selected randomly from the M _max possible and the N terminals (eg endpoints) also always select the (relative) channel access pattern used for the 500,000 transmission attempts at random. If M = 'inf', new channel access patterns are always thrown out for each individual terminal (e.g. end point) for each transmission attempt. The full collision probability with N = 2 is then 0% in this case, since, according to equation (1), an almost infinite number of channel access patterns are possible. If the number N of simultaneously active terminals increases, the probability of a collision of the individual partial data packets increases and the packet error rate increases as a result. With N = 10 terminal devices, the packet error rate for all curves from M = 256 to M = 'inf' is approximately 10%.

As can be seen from FIG. 25, the choice of M = 'inf' provides the best performance. However, on the part of the base station, it is almost impossible to recognize the various channel access patterns when M = 'inf'. In this respect, M must be reduced to a realistic level. For an M _max

> 10 ¹⁴ , a specification of M = 1024 should make sense. This choice is also influenced by the computing power available on the receiver side. It can be seen that the loss of performance compared to the version with M = 'inf' is not particularly great when M = 1024 is selected.

With smaller values of M _max , the lengths of the channel access patterns can also decrease without having to accept significant performance losses with the PER. This is illustrated in FIG. 26 for a Z = 60 and D = 15. The performance curves for lengths M = 128 to M = 2048 differ only slightly for N = 2.

26 shows, in a diagram, simulation results of the packet error rate for different channel access pattern lengths M as a function of the number of simultaneously active terminals with 60 resource elements. The ordinate describes the packet error rate PER and the abscissa the number of N terminals active at the same time in the resource frame (e.g. end points).

In summary, it should be noted that the determination of the number M of different channel access patterns depends on M _max and is therefore a function of F, Z and D. For M _ma x

> 10 ¹⁴ , for example, M = 1024 proves to be useful. If the value of M _max falls below the threshold of 10 ¹⁴ , M can be reduced accordingly, with simulations being used to check to what extent the PER performance still meets the requirements. For very large values of M _max , M can definitely assume values that are even greater than 1024. This can be determined through appropriate simulations. In the second design step, the number M of different channel access patterns and their length D were determined. Ideally, the individual channel access patterns are determined by means of a random generator, so that there is as little correlation or similarity as possible between the M individual patterns. On the recipient side, this usually means a very high detection effort. In order to reduce this detection effort, an attempt is made in the third design step to give the channel access patterns structural properties, such as clustering or repeating patterns, in order to significantly reduce the computational complexity on the receiver side. The PER performance, as shown, for example, in FIGS. 25 and 26, should not worsen as a result.

One possibility is to subdivide the resource frame into clusters 114 of equal length L, as shown in FIG.

27 shows a diagram of resources 112 of a channel access pattern 110 projected onto a time axis, resources 112 of the channel access pattern 110 being grouped into clusters 114 of equal length L (e.g. L = 4), the relative channel access pattern being an occupancy of a resource 118 per cluster 114, according to one embodiment. In other words, FIG. 27 shows a channel access pattern with one element per cluster of length L = 4

A cluster variant would be to divide the length Z of the resource frame by the number of D partial data packets. This results in a maximum cluster length of L = floor (R / D). In the example of FIG. 25, a cluster length of L = 20 (360/18) resource elements would then result.

The cluster length can also be chosen to be smaller than L = floor (R / D) and the remaining resource elements can then be used to push the basic pattern generated from the smaller cluster by one time index step, i.e. by one resource element, in order to thereby add further patterns that all have the same basic shape.

In the example in FIG. 26, for example, L = 10 can be specified. A single channel access pattern is then extracted from the L x D (= 180) resource elements, which can then be reused R - L x D times, i.e. 180 times, each time shifted by a time index step. This gives 181 different channel access patterns, which, however, all have the same basic pattern. For example, the channel access pattern length M = 1024 from FIG. 25 can be made up of only 7 different basic patterns generate, each of these basic patterns being shifted on average 145 in the time axis. The performance is only marginally worse.

Overall, the above procedure significantly reduces the detection effort on the receiver side. However, it is important to check again and again that the performance does not suffer compared to the performance obtained with purely random sequences.

C. Reduction of the required computing power of the base station

28 shows a schematic block diagram of a system 102 with a data transmitter 106 and a data receiver 104, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. The data transmitter 106 can be, for example, a data transmitter 106_1 of a plurality of data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n of the communication system 102 (see sections A and B).

The communication system 102 can be designed to communicate wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

A set of usable resource elements 112 is available to the participants (e.g. data senders and / or data receivers) of the communication system 102 for the transmission of data. The usable resource elements 112, for example defined by time slots t0, t1, t2, ... and frequency channels c0, c1, c2, ..., into which the frequency band is divided, can be one into frequency and / or Area of resource elements related to the time direction act, as is shown by way of example in FIG. 28, or also to resource elements or areas of resource elements distributed in frequency and / or time direction (for example, spaced apart from one another). The subscribers of the communication system 102 can optionally use a channel access pattern 110 for the transmission of data, as was explained in Sections A and B, in which case the usable / allocable resource elements 112 can be defined by the channel access pattern 110.

The data transmitter 106 can be designed to transmit a data signal 122 corresponding to a jump pattern 116 distributed in a subset of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 (= in FIG. 28 in the resource elements identified by reference numeral 118), the data signal 122 being a plurality of Has sub-data packets, which correspond to the jump pattern 122 specified frequency and / or time jump-based occupancy of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 are transmitted in a distributed manner.

In embodiments, the data transmitter 106 can be designed to transmit data, such as a data packet or telegram, in a distributed manner in accordance with the telegram splitting method. For example, the data transmitter 106 can be designed to split a data packet / telegram pending transmission (e.g. the physical layer in the OSI model) into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet / telegram, and the plurality of sub To transmit data packets distributed by means of the data signal 122 in accordance with the jump pattern 116 in a subset of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system (= in the resource elements identified by reference numeral 118).

The data transmitter 106 is designed to derive the jump pattern 116 from a basic jump pattern 126 based on a shift of the basic jump pattern 126 in frequency (e.g. in frequency direction) and / or time (e.g. in time direction).

As indicated in FIG. 28 according to an exemplary embodiment, the basic jump pattern 126 can indicate that the resource elements 128 of the usable resource elements 112 are to be used / occupied for the transmission of data, ie sub-data packets that are sent in accordance with the basic jump pattern 126 in the resource elements 128 indicated by the basic jump pattern 126. To transmit data (or a data packet that is divided into the plurality of sub-data packets), the data transmitter 106 uses a jump pattern 116 derived from the basic jump pattern 126 by shifting the basic jump pattern 126, according to which the resource elements 118 of the usable resource elements 112 are used to transmit the Data to be used / occupied, ie sub-data packets which are sent in accordance with the jump pattern 116, are transmitted in the resource elements 118 indicated by the jump pattern 116. Each jump of the jump pattern 116 thus defines a resource element 118 of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 to be used for the transmission (e.g. of a sub-data packet).

The shift of the basic jump pattern 126 in time and / or frequency can, however, lead to a jump of the jump pattern 116, or in other words, a resource element 118 defined by the jump pattern 116, outside the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102, ie outside a permissible resource range (e.g. outside a permissible frequency range in the frequency direction and / or outside a permissible time range in the time direction).

In some exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter 106 can therefore be designed, when deriving the jump pattern 116 from the basic jump pattern 126, to base a jump in the jump pattern 116 that is outside the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 due to the shift in the basic jump pattern 126 in terms of time and / or frequency on a cyclical shift into the permissible resource area 112, as explained in detail below in Section C.1.

In other exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter 106 can be designed, when deriving the jump pattern 116 from the basic jump pattern 126, based on a jump in the jump pattern 116 that is outside the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 due to the shift of the basic jump pattern 126 in frequency (e.g. in frequency direction) to shift based on a cyclical shift in frequency into the permissible resource area 112 and to shift the jump additionally based on a linear shift in time, and / or due to the shift of the basic jump pattern 126 in time (e.g. in time direction) to move the jump of the jump pattern 116 outside the usable resource elements 112 based on a cyclical shift in time into or within the permissible resource area 112, as will be explained in detail further below, for example in section C.3.

In embodiments, the shift of the basic jump pattern 126, based on which the data transmitter 106 derives the jump pattern 116 from the basic jump pattern 126, can be based on a shift of the same basic jump pattern 126, based on which another data transmitter of the communication system derives a different jump pattern from the same basic jump pattern 126, differ, for example so that the sub-data packets sent out with the data signal 122 according to the jump pattern 116 and the sub-data packets sent out by the other data transmitter according to the other jump pattern do not or only partially overlap or collide.

For example, this can be achieved in that the hopping pattern 116 is derived from the basic hopping pattern 126 based on a random shift of the basic hopping pattern 126 in frequency and / or time. Alternatively, the jump pattern 116 can also be based on the basic jump pattern 126 pseudo-random shift of the basic jump pattern 126 in frequency and / or time can be derived, wherein the pseudo-random shift is based on an intrinsic parameter, such as CRC (= cyclic redundancy check, dt cyclic redundancy check), CMAC (= cipher-based message authentication code, dt cipher-based message authentication code) or an ID (= identification) of the data sender 106.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver 104 is designed to correlate the usable resource elements 112 each with a reference sequence (eg that corresponds to the pilot sequence with which the sub-data packets are provided) in order to obtain correlation results for the usable resource elements 112 and to obtain the To convert correlation results according to the position of the usable resource elements in time and frequency into an at least one-dimensional array (e.g. two-dimensional array) of correlation results, the data receiver 104 being designed to correlate the at least one-dimensional array (e.g. two-dimensional array) Arrays) of correlation results with an at least one-dimensional array (eg two-dimensional array) of reference values, the at least one-dimensional array (eg two-dimensional array) of reference values being derived from the basic jump pattern 126.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver 104 can be designed to detect the plurality of sub-data packets based on the correlation of the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results with the at least one-dimensional array of reference values.

As already indicated, the data transmitter 106 and the data receiver 104 can optionally be designed to use a channel access pattern 110 for the transmission of data, as was explained in Sections A and B. In this case, the data receiver 104 can be designed to send the control signal 120 (or beacon signal), the control signal 120 having information about the channel access pattern 110, the channel access pattern 110 being the frequency and frequency that can be used for the communication of the communication system 102 / or time-hopping-based allocation of resource elements of the frequency band, ie the channel access pattern 110 indicates the resource elements 112 which can be used / allocated by the communication system 102 for the transmission of the plurality of sub-data packets. In this case, the data transmitter 106 can be designed to receive the control signal 120 with the information about the channel access pattern 110 and based on the channel access pattern 110 to determine on the information about the channel access pattern 110, and to send the data signal 122 with the plurality of sub-data packets in a subset of the usable / allocable resource elements 112 of the frequency band indicated by the hopping pattern 116 (= relative channel access pattern) indicated by the channel access pattern 110 .

As shown by way of example in FIG. 28, the data receiver 104 can have a transmitting device (or transmitter, or transmitting module, or transmitter) 172 which is designed to transmit signals, such as, for example, the control signal 120. The transmitting device 172 can be connected to an antenna 174 of the data receiver 104. The data receiver 104 can furthermore have a receiving device (or receiver, or receiving module, or receiver) 170 which is designed to receive signals, such as, for example, the data signal 124. The receiving device 170 can be connected to the antenna 174 or a further (separate) antenna of the data receiver 104. The data receiver 104 can also have a combined transceiver.

The data transmitter 106 can be a receiving device (or receiver, or

Receiving module, or receiver) 182, which is designed to receive signals, such as the control signal 120. The receiving device 182 can be connected to an antenna 184 of the data transmitter 106. Furthermore, the data transmitter 106 can have a transmission device (or transmitter, or transmission module, or transmitter) 180 which is designed to transmit signals, such as, for example, the data signal 124. The transmission device 180 can be connected to the antenna 184 or a further (separate) antenna of the data transmitter 106. The data transmitter 106 can also be a combined

Have transceiver device (transceiver).

In embodiments, the data transmitter 106 can be an endpoint of the communication system 102. The data transmitter 106 can be battery operated.

In embodiments, the data receiver 104 can be a base station of the communication system 102. The data receiver 104 can be battery operated.

Further exemplary embodiments of the data transmitter 106 and of the data receiver 104 are described below.

C.1 Circular jump patterns In the following, for the purpose of illustration, without restricting the general validity, it is assumed that the frequency range available for transmission is divided into individual, discrete frequency channels, which are characterized by a frequency channel index. The time resources are also subdivided into discrete elements, which are referred to as timeslots, which are correspondingly provided with a timeslot index.

By dividing the data transmission areas into so-called resource elements, the definition of a hop pattern consists of a time slot index and a frequency channel index. This can be seen as an example for a system in FIG. 29.

In detail, FIG. 29 shows in a diagram an occupancy of resource elements 118 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, indicated by a jump pattern 116 of a subscriber, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 29, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In other words, FIG. 29 shows an overview of the available resource elements 112 of a radio communication system with a subscriber who transmits data using a hop pattern 116.

As indicated in FIG. 29, T time slots and C frequency elements are available to the system, which corresponds to T * C resource elements 112 in total. Furthermore, FIG. 29 shows a subscriber (user 1) who, using a jump pattern 116, transmits data in a total of four resource elements 118.

If other users now access the offer of resource elements, further jump patterns 117 have been defined in previous systems (see e.g. Section B) to separate these users, as shown in FIG. 30. These jump patterns 117 were designed in such a way that they interfere with one another as little as possible, that is, the cross-correlation function has the smallest possible maxima.

30 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements 118 indicated by a jump pattern 116 of a subscriber and an allocation of resource elements 119 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, indicated by another jump pattern 117 of another subscriber, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. In Fig. 30, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In other words, FIG. 30 shows the available resource elements 112 of the system from FIG. 29, two participants (user 1 and user 2) with different jump patterns 116, 117 accessing the offer of resource elements 112.

In contrast to FIG. 30, a plurality of jump patterns that are as orthogonal as possible are now used in exemplary embodiments, but a basic jump pattern which is shifted in time and frequency.

This enables the receiver 104 to search all possible time slots and frequency channels with simplified methods for the detection (see subsection C.2 in this regard).

31 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements 118 indicated by a jump pattern 116 and allocations of resource elements 119_1, 119_2 indicated by two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 of two other subscribers of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, the jump pattern 116 and the two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 are derived from the same basic jump pattern, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 31, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In FIG. 31 it is assumed by way of example that the jump pattern shown in FIG. 29 is the basic jump pattern 126, the jump pattern 116 and the two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 being derived from the basic jump pattern 126 shown in FIG. The jump pattern 116 can be derived from the basic jump pattern 126 based on a shift of the basic jump pattern 126 of zero time slots and zero frequency channels (= no shift), ie the jump pattern 116 corresponds to the basic jump pattern 126. The first other jump pattern 117_1 can be derived from the basic jump pattern 126 based on a shift of the basic hopping pattern 126 from zero time slots and one (+1) frequency channel. The second other hopping pattern 117_2 can be derived from the basic hopping pattern 126 based on a shift of the basic hopping pattern 126 by two (+2) time slots and zero frequency channels.

In other words, FIG. 31 shows an application of a time and frequency offset to the hop pattern (= basic hop pattern 126) from FIG. 29 for separating different participants. In FIG. 31, the jump pattern 116 (= basic jump pattern 126) shown in FIG. 29 was applied by the first participant (user 1) to two further participants (user 2 and user 3), the second participant (user 2) having a frequency offset from one channel and the third participant (user 3) has experienced a time offset of two time slots.

In principle, a time slot offset can also be combined with a frequency channel offset. Based on the range of resource elements 112 shown in FIG. 31 and the defined hopping pattern, there are three possible frequency channels and four possible time slot offsets in this exemplary system, so that all (partial) packets are still within the available resource elements 112.

Twelve jump patterns are thus generated virtually, all of which have the same basic structure and can thus be detected relatively easily in the receiver 104.

In contrast to the design of the many jump patterns and the optimization of the cross-correlation function between the jump patterns (see Section B), it is important here that the 2D autocorrelation function has the smallest possible secondary peaks, with the two axes relating to the time and frequency directions.

In exemplary embodiments, there is only one basic hopping pattern 126, which is shifted in time and / or frequency in order to separate several participants from one another.

By defining the coordinating instance of the resource elements 112, the participants can only transmit data exactly within the available resource elements 112. The coordination also ensures that every user accesses the specified time-frequency pattern (e.g. channel access pattern 110) precisely. This aspect enables the receiver 104 to convert the necessary 2D detection of the basic sequence (= basic jump pattern 126) into a simplified 2D-DFT (DFT = discrete Fourier transformation) or 2D-FFT (FFT = fast Fourier transformation) convict. The exact process is described in more detail in subsection C.2.

A cyclic convolution can be converted into a DFT or FFT. Conversely, if a DFT or FFT is used to detect the basic sequence 126, a cyclic or circular convolution is carried out with the expected sequence. There are also techniques with which a linear convolution can be carried out using FFT, but these techniques are presented here outside and are not used here.

In contrast to the linear convolution, it is possible with the circular convolution (partial packet packages, which in the case of a time or frequency shift, which from the permissible The area of the resource elements 112 are cyclically to be employed again at the other end of the permissible area.

32 shows the scenario from FIG. 31, the second subscriber (user 2) now having experienced a frequency channel offset of two channels. As a result, one of the (partial) data packets is outside the permissible range of the resource frame.

In detail, FIG. 32 shows, in a diagram, an allocation of resource elements 118 indicated by a jump pattern 116 and an allocation of resource elements 118 indicated by two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 of two other subscribers

Resource elements 119_1, 119_2 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, the jump pattern 116 and the two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 being derived from the same basic jump pattern, with a jump of the other jump pattern 117_1 outside a permissible range of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 lies. In FIG. 32, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In contrast to FIG. 31, the first other hop pattern 117_1 is derived from the basic hop pattern 126 based on a shift of the basic hop pattern 126 from zero time slots and two (+2) frequency channels, which results in a hop outside the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 is located.

In other words, FIG. 32 shows the scenario from FIG. 31 wherein a frequency channel offset is applied to the second subscriber (user 2) so that one of the resource elements 119_1 (or the (partial) data packets) specified by the jump pattern 117_1 is outside the permissible resource Frames lies.

If used without a cyclic shift, such a frequency channel offset would not have been possible, since the linear 2D detection does not cover this shift in the frequency direction and the transmission of one (partial) data packet would also not be possible.

If a cyclical shift is now applied, the one resource element 119_1 (or the one (partial) data packet) which lies outside the permissible range is switched on again with the same time index below, which results in FIG. 33. In detail, FIG. 33 shows, in a diagram, an allocation of resource elements 118 indicated by a jump pattern 116 and allocations of resource elements 118 indicated by two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 of two other subscribers

Resource elements 119_1, 119_2 of the resource elements 112 that can be used by the communication system 102, the jump pattern 116 and the two other jump patterns 117_1, 117_2 being derived from the same basic jump pattern, with a jump of the other jump pattern 117_1 resulting from the shift outside the permissible range of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 would be (see FIG. 32), is cyclically shifted back into the permissible range of the usable resource elements 112. In FIG. 32, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In contrast to FIG. 31, the first other hop pattern 117_1 is derived from the basic hop pattern 126 based on a shift of the basic hop pattern 126 from zero time slots and two (+2) frequency channels, which results in a hop outside the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 is located. In other words, FIG. 33 shows the scenario from FIG. 32 with cyclical shifting of the (partial) data packets which are not in the valid range of the resource frame.

As can be seen in FIG. 33, the second partial data packet is now no longer at frequency index cC + 1, but at index cO and is thus again in the valid range.

As a result of the cyclical shifting of the (partial) data packet in the frequency direction, a (partial) data packet, which in the basic sequence has a larger frequency channel index than another (partial) data packet, can now have a smaller frequency channel index. The shown cyclical shift from FIG. 33 applies analogously to the time axis, a shift in time slots is therefore not explained further here.

In exemplary embodiments, all (partial) data packets (or all resource elements indicated by a jump pattern) which fall out of the permissible resource frame in the event of a shift in time or frequency direction are cyclically shifted back into the permissible range.

As a result of the cyclical shift, each user in the example cited no longer only has the 12 possible jump patterns that are generated by shifting the basic sequence (= basic jump pattern 126), but a total of tT * cC virtual jump patterns are now available. In the example these are 8 ^* 8 = 64 jump patterns. The sequence in a transmitter 106 could be implemented as follows, for example.

1. Choice of the basic sequence (= basic jump pattern) (if more than one is available)

2. (Random) selection of a time slot offset

3. (Random) selection of a frequency channel offset

4. Cyclical shifting of all (partial) data packets (or all resource elements specified by a jump pattern) which are outside the permissible range

In the case of cyclical shifting, each (partial) data packet (or specified resource element) is checked to determine whether it is within the valid range of the resource frame.

A simpler method of ensuring this is to apply a modulo tT operation to each calculated time slot index that was calculated after applying the time slot offset, thus ensuring that each index is within the permissible range. This can be done in a similar way for the frequency channel indices.

In exemplary embodiments, after applying a time slot and frequency channel offset, a modulo operation can be carried out in both dimensions in order to achieve the cyclical shift.

An important design criterion when choosing the jump pattern is that, in addition to the good autocorrelation and cross-correlation properties, the utilization of all resource elements is as uniform as possible.

Assuming that there are at least as many frequency channels as there are (partial) data packets, previous systems have always tried to assign a maximum of one (partial) data packet to each frequency channel.

By applying a frequency channel offset and the cyclical shift, it is now possible for each (partial) data packet to accept any permissible frequency channel index. This means that a frequency channel can be assigned multiple times. Assuming that all possible frequency channel offsets are used with the same frequency, the total again results in the same utilization of all frequency channels.

In exemplary embodiments, the (partial) data packets of the basic sequence need not be distributed uniformly over the frequency channels.

C.2 Simplified detection in the receiver using a 2D-DFT / 2D-FFT

The following exemplary embodiments relate to the data receiver 106 of a radio communication system 102, with a coordinating entity defining the available resource elements 112 and communicating them to the subscribers (users), such as data transmitters 106.

Furthermore, it is assumed that the participants (users) are already synchronized by a previous event (e.g. by sending a beacon signal or control signal 120) to such an extent that the following tolerances are observed when transmitting a (partial) data packet in a resource element:

Dt <= T / 2

Df <- f _sym / 4

Where T corresponds to the symbol duration and f _sy m to the symbol rate.

It is also assumed that a pilot sequence is introduced into at least two (partial) data packets (the plurality of partial data packets into which the data packet is subdivided), which, however, generally does not mean a restriction, since this is typically already present for synchronization purposes .

The detection of a telegram or data packet with a distributed pilot sequence in the (partial) data packets typically takes place in the following steps:

1. Symbol recovery

2. Correlation to the (partial) pilot sequences in the (partial) data packets

3. Combination of the results of the correlation on the (partial) pilot sequences according to the jump pattern to form an overall correlation result 4. Detection of all times at which the overall correlation result exceeds a defined threshold value

This process is run through exactly simply when using a jump pattern 116. If a further jump pattern 117 is now defined, the results of the symbol recovery and the results of the correlation can be reused on the pilot sequences, but the combination must be recalculated according to the jump pattern for the further jump pattern. A further detection of the times which are above the threshold value must also be carried out.

With an increasing number of jump patterns 116, 117, more and more combinations of the overall results after step 3 and several detections after step 4 have to run in parallel, which increases the computational effort considerably.

In subsection C.1 it was shown how several jump patterns 116, 117_1, 117_2 can be generated from a basic sequence (= basic jump pattern 126), in which a time slot and frequency channel offset to the respective specified resource elements 118, 119_1, 119_2 (e.g. (partial) data packets ) is added. With the method described above, a further combination and detection would have to be calculated for each virtually generated jump pattern 116, 117_1, 117_2 by time and / or frequency offset, as if they were independent jump patterns.

With a standard receiver, using circular jump patterns according to the basic idea, no performance gain (but also no loss) in terms of computing power can be achieved.

The correlation on the pilot sequences described in step two is carried out for each resource element 112 in each time slot and each frequency channel. As a result of this correlation, a correlation result is thus obtained for each resource element in terms of time and frequency. In other words, a 2D array (166) with correlation results k [t, c] is obtained, which is shown in FIG. 34 for the example system from subsection C.1.

In detail, FIG. 34 shows in a diagram a two-dimensional (2D) array (166) of correlation results, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 34, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In other words, FIG. 34 shows an example of a 2D array (166) with Correlation results from the correlation on the pilot sequences in the (partial sponsorship packages.

As can be seen in FIG. 34, the elements of the two-dimensional array (166) of 5 correlation results are the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102 according to the position of the usable ones

Resource elements 112 allocated in time and frequency. When transferring the correlation results into the two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results, frequency channels and / or time slots that are not part of the usable resource elements 112 of the communication system can be masked out, i.e. gaps in time and / or frequency between the usable resource elements can be left out. This is particularly the case, for example, when the usable resource elements 112 are indicated by a channel access pattern 110. 5 exemplary embodiments is based on the idea that the combination of

Correlation results from the correlation on the pilot sequences basically correspond to a correlation again. For this purpose, the basic sequence (= basic jump pattern 126) in the 2D grid represents the reference sequence. Typically, the coherence between the (partial packet packages is not given due to the reduction in power consumption in the transmitter 106, 0 so that the results of the correlation on the pilot sequences are not coherent The combination of the results of the correlation on the pilot sequences is therefore a purely real-valued operation, so that when the combination is converted into a correlation, the input data are also real-valued

To generate the reference sequence for the correlation via the jump pattern, a 2D array (168) is created which has the same size as the 2D array (166) with the results of the correlation on the pilot sequences (corresponds to the size of the resource frame ). 0

At all frequency / time slots at which a (partial) data packet is included in the base sequence, a real-valued number will be included, which reflects the correlation length of the previous stage (and thus normalizes). If the same sequence is included in all (partial) data packets, the number is the same for all entries and can be set to one for »5 simplification. The remaining resource elements in which no (partial) data packet is introduced in the basic sequence (= basic jump pattern 126), are set to zero. This is shown graphically in FIG. 35 using the example from Section C.1.

In detail, FIG. 35 shows in a diagram a two-dimensional (2D) array (168) of reference values, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 35, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels and the abscissa the time in time slots. In other words, FIG. 35 shows a reference sequence of the basic sequence when the combination is converted via the (partial) data packets into a 2D correlation. As can be seen in FIG. 35, the two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results (see FIG. 34) and the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values have the same array size. As can also be seen in FIG. 35, the one-dimensional array (168) of reference values corresponds to the basic jump pattern 126, ie entries of the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values which correspond to the resource elements 128 specified by the basic jump pattern 126 are displayed the correlation is assigned normalized reference value (in the example of FIG. 35 one (1)), while all other entries of the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values, i.e. the entries that do not correspond to the resource elements 128 specified by the basic jump pattern 126, appear a fixed value, such as zero, can be set.

With the two-dimensional result of the correlation via the (partial) pilot sequences in the (partial) data packets and the two-dimensional reference sequence (= two-dimensional array (168) of reference values), which was created with the aid of the basic sequence (= basic jump pattern 126), the 2D correlation can now be carried out using the jump pattern.

If a circular 2D correlation is carried out, the size at the output is the same as the size at the input. In the event that the selected jump pattern is the same as the basic sequence, the maximum of the 2D correlation in the time direction is at the index t0. In this case, the index in the frequency direction is cO. For verification purposes, a jump pattern was generated based on the basic sequence from the previous example without time and frequency offset. On the basis of this jump pattern, a transmission was generated which was received in the receiver with noise (ES / NO = 10 dB). 36 and 37 show the result of 2D correlation in both time and frequency directions. In detail, FIG. 36 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional correlation of the two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results with the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values plotted over time, for the case that the jump pattern corresponds to the basic jump pattern. In other words, FIG. 36 shows the result of the 2D correlation in the time direction from the previous example, the jump pattern being chosen to be the same as the basic sequence.

37 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional correlation of the two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results with the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values plotted against the frequency, for the case that the jump pattern corresponds to the basic jump pattern corresponds to. In other words, FIG. 37 shows the result of the 2D correlation in the frequency direction from the previous example, the hopping pattern being chosen to be the same as the basic sequence.

As can be seen in FIGS. 36 and 37, the maximum lies both in the time and in the frequency direction at the index 0, which corresponds to the index t0 and c0, respectively.

In the next step, when generating the jump pattern, a time offset of two time slots and a frequency offset of six channels were added to the basic sequence from the previous example. All sub-packets that have dropped out of the resource frame due to the time and frequency shift were added cyclically to the other end (as described in Section C.1). At the receiver 104, the signal was received again with noise (Es / NO = 10 dB) and the 2D correlation with the reference sequence was calculated. The result can be seen in Figs. 38 and 39 for the time and frequency axes.

In detail, FIG. 38 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional correlation of the two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results with the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values plotted over time, for the case that the jump pattern was advanced by two time slots and six frequency channels compared to the basic hopping pattern. In other words, FIG. 38 shows the result of the 2D correlation in the time direction from the previous example, the hopping pattern being advanced by two time slots and six frequency channels to the basic sequence. 39 shows in a diagram the result (amplitude) of a two-dimensional correlation of the two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results with the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values plotted against the frequency, for the case that the jump pattern is compared to the Basic hopping pattern was advanced by two time slots and six frequency channels. In other words, FIG. 39 shows the result of the 2D correlation in the frequency direction from the previous example, the hopping pattern being advanced by two time slots and six frequency channels to the basic sequence.

In comparison with FIGS. 36 and 38, it can be seen that the height of the maximum (almost, influence from noise) is unchanged. The time and frequency position of the maximum is shifted according to the offsets of two time slots and six frequency channels inserted in the transmitter.

With the help of a 2D correlation based on the results of the pilot sequence correlation in the (partial package), the combination of the results according to the jump pattern can be effectively designed if all selected jump patterns are based on the same basic sequence (see basic idea) The frequency index from the correlation can be used to extract the respective time and frequency offset of the jump pattern used.

In exemplary embodiments, instead of a combination of the results of the correlation on the pilot sequence in the (partial) data packets, a 2D correlation is carried out in accordance with the jump pattern.

It is known from signal theory that a convolution in the time domain can be represented by a multiplication in the frequency domain [6]. Here, both signals of the convolution are transformed into the frequency domain. This is typically done with the help of a DFT or FFT.

A correlation is very similar to convolution, whereby a correlation can be converted into a convolution if either the reference signal or the signal to be examined are mirrored. The following relationship therefore applies to performing a correlation in the frequency domain:

Corr = IDFT (DFT (ln) DFT (mirror (Ref) ^* )) With sufficiently large sizes for the (1) DFT, this reduces the computational effort compared to the correlation in the time domain.

The relationship shown above also applies to multidimensional signals. In the example of a two-dimensional signal, as it is present after the correlation on the pilot sequences, a two-dimensional (l) DFT is carried out instead of the one-dimensional (l) DFT, the relationship is as follows:

Corr = IDFT2 (DFT2 (ln) DFT2 (mirror (Ref) ^* ))

It should be noted that the reference sequence is mirrored on all (in the example both) axes.

Another aspect is taken into account when performing the correlation in the frequency domain. The DFT / FFT are cyclic operations and thus, unlike the linear correlation / convolution, the output size corresponds exactly to the size of the input data. However, there are techniques with which the cyclic convolution in the frequency domain can be converted into a linear convolution.

Due to the definition of the cyclic jump pattern from subsection C.1, a cyclic correlation is particularly advantageous, since all possible time and frequency offsets can be examined with a transformation in the frequency domain, multiplication there in the frequency domain and subsequent transformation back into the time domain. This is particularly advantageous when the resource frame is large, since a great deal of computing power can be saved.

In exemplary embodiments, the 2D correlation is carried out in the frequency domain. For this purpose, the signal to be examined and the mirrored reference sequence are transformed using DFT / FFT and then multiplied. The result of the correlation is obtained by applying an IDFT / IFFT to the multiplication result.

So-called DSPs (DSP = digital signal processors) are often built into the receivers. These signal processors provide libraries for effective signal processing. Normally there is also a DFT / FFT underneath. In very few cases, however, there will be a multi-dimensional FFT. The signal processors for image processing are an exception here. If there is no optimized library available on the DSP that has a multi-dimensional DFT / FFT, the DFT / FFT must be calculated “on foot” for the procedure described above. This means that the optimizations of the signal processor cannot be used.

This problem can be circumvented by virtually transferring the resource elements (two-dimensional, time and frequency levels) to a one-dimensional level. In addition to the transformation of the resource elements to be examined, the two-dimensional reference array is of course also transformed. This is sketched in FIG. 40 for the example from subsection C.1 with 8 × 8 resource elements.

In detail, FIG. 40 shows a schematic view of a transformation of the two-dimensional array (168) of reference values from FIG. 35 into a virtual one-dimensional plane. In other words, FIG. 40 shows a transformation of the reference sequence from Fir. 36 on a virtual one-dimensional plane.

Similar to FIG. 40, this also takes place for the array (166) to be examined with the resource elements (two-dimensional array (166) of correlation results (see FIG. 34)). Then both one-dimensional arrays can be transformed into the frequency range with the help of a one-dimensional DFT / FFT and multiplied there. Before transforming the reference sequence using DFT / FFT, make sure that the sequence is mirrored again, since the multiplication in the frequency domain still corresponds to a convolution.

After the multiplication, the result can be transformed back into the time domain with the help of an IDFT / IFFT. The two-dimensional result is obtained by inverse transformation on two levels (reverse operation of FIG. 40).

In embodiments, the two-dimensional DFT / FFT and IDFT / IFFT is converted into a one-dimensional DFT / FFT in which both the reference sequence (two-dimensional array of reference values) and the 2D array to be examined (two-dimensional array of correlation results) are transformed onto a virtual one-dimensional level become. After the one-dimensional result of the multiplication has been transformed back, the virtual one-dimensional array is transformed back to the original two levels. C.3 Use of cyclically shifted basic patterns for detection rate optimization

In the following, for the purpose of illustration without restricting the general validity, it is assumed that the available transmission frequency range is divided into C individual, discrete frequency channels, which are characterized by a frequency channel index {c0, c1, ..., cC-1}. The time resources are also divided into T discrete elements, which are referred to below as time slots, which are correspondingly assigned a time slot index {t0, t1. tT-1} are provided. A time slot (or sub-data packet) contains both the user data and a preamble (also called reference, training or pilot sequence).

By dividing the data transmission areas into so-called resource elements, the definition of a hop pattern, which consists of J individual sub-data packets, consists of a sequence of time slot indices and frequency channel indices. This can be seen by way of example for the system in FIG. 41.

In detail, FIG. 41 shows in a diagram an occupancy of indicated by three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 of different participants 106_1, 106_2, 106_3

Resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119__1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 being derived from the same basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in time and / or frequency. In FIG. 41, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels (frequency indices) and the abscissa the time in time slots (time slot indices).

As section C.1 has already been explained in detail and is shown by way of example in FIG. 41, a jump of a jump pattern (e.g. jump 119_3 of second participant 106_2), which is caused by the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency (in the frequency direction) outside of the permissible frequency range defined by the usable resource elements 112 can be shifted into the permissible frequency range (resource range 112) based on a cyclic shift (circular rotation). Furthermore, a jump of a jump pattern (for example jump 133_4 of third participant 106_3) which, due to the shift of the basic jump pattern in time (in time direction) lies outside the permissible time range defined by the usable resource elements 112, can be based on a cyclic shift (circular rotation) in the permissible time range (resource range 112).

In other words, FIG. 41 shows a scenario according to Section C.1 with three jump patterns

116, 117 and 131 based on a basic jump pattern with different offsets, cyclical shifting of those (partial) data packets that are not in the valid frequency or time range of the resource frame 112 (= usable resource elements 112 of the communication system 102).

As can be seen in FIG. 41, T time slots and C frequency elements are available to the system, which in total corresponds to a resource frame 112 with N = T * C resource elements. Furthermore, three users (e.g. endpoints) 106_1, 106_2 and 106_3 are shown in FIG. 41 as an example, which, using a single basic jump pattern (length J = 4), transfer data in four resource elements (identified by the reference numerals 118_1 to 118_4 for the first subscriber 106_1, reference numbers 119_1 to 119_4 for the second subscriber 106_2, and reference numbers 133_1 to 133_4 for the third subscriber 106_3 in FIG. 41). The jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 of all three participants 106_1, 106_2 and 106_3 are identical and differ only in the different time and / or frequency offsets. The jump pattern 117 from the second participant 106_2 has a frequency offset of two frequency channels compared to the jump pattern 116 from the first participant 106_1, while the jump pattern 131 from the third participant 106_3 has a time offset of four timeslots compared to the jump pattern 116 from the first participant 106_1.

The use of a basic jump pattern from which the individual jump patterns 116,

117, 131 are derived only by its shift in the time and / or frequency direction, enable the data receiver 104 to search the resource frame 112 with simplified detection methods. So that as large a number M as possible of a maximum of M = N = T * C different jump patterns results, a circular rotation was proposed for the first time in section C.1, which, as shown in FIG. 41, can take place both in frequency and / or time direction . If a sub-data packet were to be assigned to a resource element outside the permissible resource frame 112 by a time and / or frequency shift of the basic hopping pattern, the sub-data packet would be in the same column (in the example: second subscriber 106_2, third sub-data packet 119_3 ) or the same line (in the example: third subscriber 106_3, fourth sub-data packet 133_4) back to the permissible via a modulo operation Resource area 112 assigned. All sub-data packets which fall out of the permissible resource frame 112 when the basic jump pattern is shifted in the time or frequency direction are thus “rotated back” cyclically into the permissible range.

Typically, the various jump patterns are detected in several steps. First there is a "correlation" of the received signal with the training symbols of the preamble in each individual time slot of a resource frame 112. For each resource element, the correlation with the subsequent amount formation results in a real value, which according to its time / frequency position in a new matrix CMTC the dimension CxT is entered. The two-dimensional finding of the jump patterns used by the (transmitting) data transmitters (e.g. terminals) 106_1 to 106_n active in a resource frame is then carried out by a new 2D correlation of the matrix CMTC with the basic jump pattern. The data receiver (e.g. base station) 104 receives both the number of data transmitters (e.g. terminals or endpoints) 106_1 to 106_n active in a resource frame 112 and the jump patterns used by data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n, i.e. the respective offset of the basic jump pattern over time - and / or frequency range unknown. The 2D detection can be done by N = T * C correlations with the basic jump pattern of length J directly via CMTC in the original area or, as described in Section C.2, by means of a 2D DFT forward and backward transformation in the spectral range, with the Correlation then takes place in the frequency domain by multiplying with the 2D transform of the basic jump pattern. Which of the two approaches is more cost-effective depending on various parameters will be analyzed in more detail later. Whenever the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) is spoken of, the fast, effort-reduced variant of the fast Fourier transform (FFT) is always assumed, especially for effort estimates.

The basic jump pattern generation according to FIG. 41 and thus also the method described in Section C.1 have the disadvantage that a “real” 2D DFT must be carried out. This means that each of the C lines of CMTC must first be transformed with a one-dimensional DFT of length T and then all transformed lines are transformed in columns with T one-dimensional DFTs of length C. Overall, you therefore need (G + C) one-dimensional DFTs of length C or T for both the forward and the backward transformation. A reduction in effort compared to section C.1 can be achieved if the jump pattern generation shown in FIG. 42 is used.

In detail, FIG. 42 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements 118_1 to 118_4 and 119J to 119_4 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, indicated by two jump patterns 116 and 117 of different subscribers 106_1 and 106_2, the two jump patterns 116 and 117 from the the same basic hop pattern based on a shift of the basic hop pattern in time and / or frequency. In FIG. 42, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels (frequency indices) and the abscissa the time in time slots (time slot indices).

As indicated in FIG. 42, in exemplary embodiments a jump of a jump pattern (e.g. jump 119_3 of second jump pattern 117 of second participant 106_2) caused by the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency outside the permissible frequency range defined by the usable resource elements 112 is shifted based on a cyclical shift in the frequency direction and additionally based on a linear shift in the time direction (for example by plus one time slot (time index) in FIG. 42) into the permissible resource area 112.

In other words, FIG. 42 shows a scenario with two jump patterns 116 and 117 based on a basic jump pattern with different offsets. As can be seen in FIG. 42, the (partial) data packets which are not in the valid frequency range of the resource frame 112 are linearly shifted into the next column.

The two-dimensional processing (transformation) at the receiver end can be reduced to a simpler one-dimensional processing (transformation) with the jump pattern generation shown in FIG. 42, where only one DFT of length N is required for both the forward and the reverse transformation. If a resource element (e.g. defined by the hopping pattern) is shifted out of the valid frequency range, as shown in FIG. 42 with the third partial data packet from the second participant 106_2, the resource element is not mapped into the same column via a modulo operation (ie to the same time index), but the resource element is always shifted to the next column with the corresponding offset (ie with a time index higher by one). The difference between the procedure from FIG. 41 (according to Section C.1) and the procedure according to FIG. 42 becomes particularly evident when looking at FIGS. 43a and 43b.

43a shows a representation of the available resource elements 112 of the communication system 102, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements 112 defined by two jump patterns 116 and 117 from FIG. 42 The available resource elements 112 shown with the resource elements 118_1 to 118_4 and 119_1 to 119_4 occupied by the two jump patterns 116 and 117 are projected onto a virtual one-dimensional plane by time slots / time indexes (= columns) and the versions of the time slots / time indices projected in this way are lined up in time direction. In other words, in FIG. 43a, the two jump patterns 116 and 117 from FIG. 42 were transformed by flipping the columns to the right in the time direction. The abscissa describes both the time and the frequency.

43b shows a representation of the available resource elements 112 of the communication system 102, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements 112 defined by three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 from FIG. 41 41 available resource elements 112 with the resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119_1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 occupied by the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 are projected onto a virtual one-dimensional plane in a time slot / time index (= column by column) and the versions projected in this way the time slots / time indices strung together in the time direction. In other words, in FIG. 43b, the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 from FIG. 41 were transformed by flipping the columns to the right in the time direction. The abscissa describes both the time and the frequency.

In FIG. 43a, figuratively speaking, the individual columns of FIG. 42 were each “tilted to the right” and then lined up, which corresponds to a transformation of the matrix into a vector which is constituted from a sequence of the individual columns of the matrix. (Due to the indexing chosen here - cO, c1, c2 ... from "bottom to top" - the elements of the individual columns are arranged in reverse order to their row index.) This merges the time and frequency axes into a common 1D- Axis. The previously two-dimensional 64 resource elements from FIG. 42 are now arranged in a row vector of the same length. According to section C.1, the third partial data packet would have to be rotated by the second subscriber 106_2 to the resource element with the index 17 (see FIG. 43b) and not afterwards as shown in FIGS. 42 and 43a Hike index element 25. As a result of the rule shown in FIG. 42, the jump patterns 116 and 117 retain their inherently identical appearance in the one-dimensional representation (corresponding to a single basic jump pattern) and differ only in the different initial time and / or frequency offsets.

A disadvantage of a basic jump pattern implementation, in which no circular shifting of partial data packets beyond the end of the permissible resource frame 112 is provided, is that a rotation of a sub-data packet from, for example, resource element 64 to resource element 1 is not possible, which is significantly less shifted jump patterns than in the case of the approach described in Section C.1.

C.3.1 Two-dimensional jump patterns shifted linearly in frequency direction and cyclically rotated in time direction

With regard to the design of jump patterns, the following requirements apply:

1) Design as many jump patterns as possible, which only differ in the different starting offsets of a single basic jump pattern.

2) Within each time slot index, it is only possible for a data transmitter 106 (e.g. terminal) to transmit a single partial data packet on a discrete frequency channel.

3) Detection of the basic jump pattern that is as cost-effective as possible.

4) The best possible performance properties of the jump pattern coulter.

Even in the event that only two data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (n = 2) (e.g. terminals) send their message in the form of the telegram splitting method within a resource frame 112 of size N = T ^* C, the number M is the different jump patterns of great importance. If, for example, there are only ten different jump patterns, then the probability is exactly 10% that there will be a full collision and thus expected packet errors. If, on the other hand, there are 100 different jump patterns, then this full collision probability drops to 1% and, for 1000 different jump patterns, correspondingly to 0.1%. ^{In order to enable a packet error rate of 10 L} -3 with two uncoordinated data senders 106_1 to 106_n (n = 2) (e.g. users), the number of M should always be in the order of at least about 1000. Jump patterns that are completely orthogonal to one another (ie jump patterns in which each resource element is used exclusively by a single jump pattern) only exist for a small number of Jump patterns, namely exactly N / Y, if J is the number of resource elements of a jump pattern and N is the size of the resource frame 112. Since the partial data packets are coded, the failure of a certain number of sub-data packets (partial data packets) can be tolerated by mutual interference and nevertheless the message can still be decoded without errors.

The first requirement (see above) that the jump patterns only differ in terms of different initial offsets is of great importance, especially for minimizing the detection effort on the receiver side in the spectral range. This will be discussed later.

The maximum number of M = N jump patterns that are generated by pure shifting from just one basic jump pattern can only be implemented if cyclical shifting beyond the edges of the resource frame 112 is permitted. So that the 2D detection problem can be reduced to a one-dimensional problem in the original range (using correlations) as well as in the spectral range (using DFTs), no cyclic rotation (modulo operation on the frequency index) must be carried out in the frequency direction, but it is only linear advancement is allowed. The procedure is illustrated in FIGS. 44 and 45. The procedure becomes clear in particular with the one-dimensional transformation according to FIG. 45. The frequency direction is resolved into a vector by “folding” the matrix, the basic jump pattern retains its shape and is simply pushed on. Only when a resource element is shifted beyond the “right” frame edge, a modulo operation is used to mirror it into the “left” side back into the valid resource area 112. This is shown in FIGS. 44 and 45 by way of example fourth sub-data packet shown by the third participant 106_3.

In detail, FIG. 44 shows in a diagram an allocation of resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119_1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 indicated by three (M = 3) jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 of different subscribers 106__1, 106_2 and 106_3 of the communication system 102 usable resource elements 112, wherein the three hopping patterns 116, 117 and 131 are derived from the same basic jumping pattern based on a shift of the basic jumping pattern in time and / or frequency. In FIG. 44, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels (frequency indices) and the abscissa the time in time slots (time slot indices). In other words, FIG. 44 shows a scenario with three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 based on a basic jump pattern with different offsets. In Fig. 44, linear sliding is performed of the sub-data packets in the next column which are not in the valid frequency range, and a cyclic rotation of those sub-data packets which are not in the valid time range of the resource frame 112.

As indicated in FIG. 44, in exemplary embodiments, a jump in a jump pattern (e.g. jump 119_3 of second jump pattern 117 of second participant 106_2) caused by the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency outside the permissible frequency range defined by the usable resource elements 112 is based on a cyclical shift in the frequency direction and additionally based on a linear shift in the time direction (for example by plus one time slot (time index) in FIG. 44) into the permissible resource area 112.

As is also indicated in FIG. 44, in exemplary embodiments a jump of a jump pattern (e.g. jump 133_4 of third jump pattern 131 of third participant 106_3), which is due to the shift of the basic jump pattern in the time outside of the permissible defined by the usable resource elements 112 Frequency range is, based on a cyclical shift in the time direction are shifted into the permissible resource range 112.

45 shows a representation of the available resource elements 112 of the communication system 102, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements 112 defined by three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 from FIG. 44 44 available resource elements 112 with the resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119_1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 occupied by the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 are projected onto a virtual one-dimensional plane in a time slot / time index (= column by column) and the versions projected in this way the time slots / time indices strung together in the time direction. In other words, in FIG. 45 the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 from FIG. 44 were transformed by flipping the columns to the right in the time direction. The abscissa describes both the time and the frequency.

Through this procedure, the respective advantages are used in combination: a maximum number of N identical but shifted jump patterns on the one hand and a more cost-effective detection, especially in the spectral range, on the other. If the number N is not yet sufficient due to the small size of the resource frame 112, further basic jump patterns can be introduced whose shapes differ from the first Differentiate between basic jump patterns and which, like the first basic jump pattern, are shifted accordingly. In this way, a desired number of M (also M> N) different jump patterns can always be implemented. The second requirement can be met as follows. If there are C frequency indices according to FIG. 44, then according to FIG. 45 there is a minimum distance of C resource elements between two adjacent partial data packets in the vector representation. This ensures that there is always only one partial data packet of a basic hopping pattern in a frequency column according to FIG. 44 or a cluster of length C according to FIG. 45.

The following is a comparison of the effort required to combine the correlation results of the (partial) pilot sequences in accordance with the shifted jump patterns into an overall correlation result via the resource frame 112 of size N = T * C.

If all M jump patterns with the length J (where it is assumed that M is equal to the resource length N) are based on the same basic jump pattern and only differ in their starting point, which is shifted by an offset, then there is an effort of

N * J real multiplications (rM) in the original domain. (1)

If the calculation is carried out in the spectral range using a 1D real FFT of length N, a total of two real 1D FFTs (each for the forward and backward transformation) and N / 2 complex multiplications in the spectral range with the previously calculated and stored in tabular transform of the Basic jump pattern required. If a real radix-2 FFT is assumed in the FFT calculation, then this can be implemented efficiently using a complex radix-2 FFT of half the length, i.e. N / 2. This requires roughly N / 4 * log ₂ (N) complex multiplications. More cost-effective transformations (such as radix-4 FFT or split-radix FFT) and the consideration of special cases in the FFT rotation factors are not taken into account in this consideration, as is the consideration of mixed radix FFTs for other transformation lengths of N. that a complex multiplication can be broken down into four real multiplications, so are in sum

2N * (1 + Iog ₂ (N)) real multiplications (rM) in the spectral range (2) required for the calculation of the correlation results. The comparison between (1) and (2) shows that only (1) depends on the basic jump pattern length J, which in a practical transmission system usually lies in the range between 8 and 24 depending on the coding.

The following table shows a tabular representation of the required number of real multiplications (rM) for evaluating the correlation result vector for different resource frame lengths N, number of jump patterns M = N and the number J of subpackets in the basic jump pattern.

As can be seen from the table above, which shows the multiplicative effort required for different lengths of N and J, one or the other variant is more cost-effective depending on the parameters selected.

In exemplary embodiments there is (only) one basic jump pattern which is shifted in time and / or frequency in order to separate several participants (users) from one another. The basic jump pattern is shifted linearly in the frequency direction and cyclically in the time direction.

C.3.2 Influence of the resource frame size N and the cascading of frames

The size N of the resource frame 112 (N = number of resource elements of the resource frame 112) has a great influence on the system performance, ie on the possible utilization of the system 102 for a given packet error rate. The more N grows, the better the system performance becomes, but with an increasingly limited growth rate. Between large values of N, for example between N = 6000 and N = 10000, only a small difference in performance is discernible. It is not so much the computational effort (see the table above from Section C.3.1) that speaks against very large frame sizes, but rather the extremely growing memory requirement. The received signal in each potentially occupied resource element should be sampled with at least 772 in the time direction, which is with a sub-data packet length of 70, for example Symbols requires a memory requirement of 280 bytes per resource element. In this respect, very large frame sizes should be avoided because of the very high memory requirements. Depending on the basic jump pattern length J, values from N = 256 to N = 2048 have proven to be sensible. Smaller frame sizes, on the other hand, show significant performance losses, ie the possible capacity utilization of the system (number of active data senders (users)) decreases with a given error rate.

In order to be able to compare the influence of different resource frame sizes N with one another, an available total number of S resource elements can be assumed, e.g. in the following S = 6000. This total amount S is subdivided into K resource frames of the respective length N in such a way that K * N = S applies. So K resource frames are cascaded. A comparison of different frame sizes N is shown for S = 6000.

46 shows in detail in a diagram a packet error rate for different sizes of the resource frame (K = 1, N = 6000; K = 5, N = 1200; K = 10, N = 600; K = 20, N = 300 ; K = 40, N = 150) plotted against the uncoded load. For comparison, FIG. 46 also shows the packet error rate with slotted ALOHA. The ordinate describes the packet error rate (PER) in percent and the abscissa the uncoded load (L). In other words, FIG. 46 shows a diagram of the packet error rate (PER) as a function of various resource frame sizes N and a total number of S = 6000 resource elements.

It turns out that the largest possible frame size with S = N = 6000 resource elements (without cascading, i.e. K = 1) shows the lowest packet error rate (PER), followed by the cascading with K = 5 frames with N = 1200 resource elements each and K = 10 frames with N = 600 each, etc. In the cascading variants according to FIG. 46, the data transmitter (terminal) first selects one of the K available cascade frames according to a (pseudo) random principle and then selects one of the jump patterns (pseudo) randomly. The detection algorithm was assumed to be idealized in FIG. 46 and the number of available jump patterns M was assumed to be sufficiently large. The latter in particular poses a problem for small frame sizes, since the number of different jump patterns M based on a basic jump pattern can never be greater than the length N of the resource frame, i.e. M <N. How a correspondingly large number of basic jump patterns can nevertheless be achieved is explained in the next section.

A suitable choice of N is influenced by many parameters: number of data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (for example terminals) in communication system 102, available computing and Storage capacity in the data receiver 104 (eg base station), required latency times, number of frequencies to be received at the same time, to name just a few. If the frame size N cannot be selected as large as required due to one of the above restrictions, the resource frames can be cascaded. This cascading can take place in both frequency and time directions. Different variants of the “competition-based access method” can be used: a) A “fully contention-based access method” as used in FIG. 46. The data transmitter 106 (eg terminal) randomly selects the resource frame and the jump pattern from the available supply. b) A “partially coordinated contention-based access process”. Here either the data receiver (eg base station) 104 (for example when registering the data transmitter 106 in the system) assigns a fixed resource frame to the data transmitter 106 or the data transmitter 106 selects a corresponding resource frame according to a fixed ID number. The assignment of the jump pattern is random as in a). c) A “fully coordinated contention based access”. Here, both the resource frame and the jump pattern are assigned either directly by the data receiver (eg base station) 104 or via an ID number or a comparable identifier. Since the jump patterns are usually not mutually orthogonal, transmission conflicts can still occur at the resource-element level (therefore still competition-based).

In variant c) in particular, the data receiver (e.g. base station) 104 can advantageously control the assignments. The data receiver 104 can know which resource frames are occupied and which basic jump patterns have been assigned. The data receiver (e.g. base station) 104 on the receiver side can advantageously use this knowledge to reduce expenditure. The data receiver (e.g. base station) 104 can thus prevent packet errors (at least up to a certain load) or minimize them by means of a clever allocation. C.3.3 Use of jump patterns based on several different ones

Basic patterns 47 shows in a diagram a packet error rate for different numbers M of jump patterns with a fixed size of the resource frame (N = 576, M = 100000; N = 576, M = 1728; N = 576, M = 1152; N = 576, M = 576;) plotted against the number of simultaneously active data senders (end devices) in the resource frame. For comparison, FIG. 47 also shows the packet error rate with slotted ALOHA. The ordinate describes the packet error rate (PER) in percent and the abscissa describes the number of data transmitters (end devices) that are simultaneously active in the resource frame. In other words, FIG. 47 shows in a diagram the packet error performance as a function of the number of jump patterns used with a frame size of N = 576.

47 shows the packet error rate (PER) with a fixed frame size of N = 576 and the use of a different number M of jump patterns. There are two areas to be distinguished; Above an active number of devices of around 26 (this corresponds to an uncoded utilization of 27%) in each frame, the use of a different number of jump patterns has little influence on the error rate. For 26 active data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (n = 26) (e.g. end devices), all curves are approximately at a packet error rate (PER) of 10%. With 26 active data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (n = 26) (e.g. terminals), 486 (= 26x18) resource elements of the 576 available resource elements are occupied. It is obvious that some resource elements are occupied by several jump patterns at the same time, with 10% of the data senders (e.g. end devices) even at least 12 of the J = 18 partial data packets are disturbed by double or multiple assignments of resource elements and the respective partial data packet can despite, for example, a 1/3 rate convolutional code, they can no longer be decoded without errors. With only two active data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (n = 2) (e.g. terminals), i.e. a comparatively low load, the number M of the different jump patterns is of decisive importance. If there are only M = N = 576 jump patterns based on a basic jump pattern, the probability of complete cancellation (two data transmitters have identical initial offsets) is exactly 1/576 = 0.174% (see also Fig. 47). If, on the other hand, there are e.g. 3 * 576 = 1728 jump patterns, this probability drops by a factor of three to 0.058% and with 100,000 jump patterns it is only 0.001%. Starting from these minimum initial values (with exactly two active data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (n = 2)) the

Error probabilities due to the linearly increasing full extinction probabilities with an increasing number of active data transmitters (e.g. end devices). This is followed by a transition area, where the influence of the pure total deletions on the total packet error rate decreases and the comparatively large one Number of data senders leads to more and more mutual interference until they tangentially approach the reference curve for (here: M = 100,000).

Since the most interesting work area is usually in the area of a packet error rate between 1 and 20%, it is desirable to have a total of M> 1024 different jump patterns, regardless of the size of the resource frame N. If the Resource frame N selected to be appropriately large, for example at N = 2000, then an optimal basic jump pattern can be designed, which is shifted or rotated M = N times according to Section C.3.1. If 0 N has to be chosen smaller, as for example with N = 576 in Fig. 47, then several basic jump patterns should be chosen. With M = 1728 there are then G = 3 different basic jump patterns that are shifted 576 times each according to the frame size.

Choosing G basic jump patterns with G> 1 (instead of just one) also increases the effort required according to formulas (1) and (2) and the table above from Section C.3.2. In the original range, the factor G is directly included in a linear manner, while in the spectral range it is only about 60%, because there the Flin transformation, independent of G, only ever has to be performed once. 0 When designing a basic jump pattern SM1 according to Section C.3.1, the following aspects must be taken into account:

1) The distance between two sub-data packets should be at least C resource elements. This ensures that, despite the shift5 of the basic hopping pattern, only one sub-data packet occurs per time slot index, i.e. a data transmitter (e.g. terminal) does not transmit on two or more frequency channels at the same time.

2) The cyclic pseudo-autocorrelated of SM1 should be as uncorrelated as possible. With the exception of Maxim J, which always occurs, all other AKF

»0 values assume values that are as small as possible, as shown, for example, for a basic jump pattern selected as an example in FIG. 48, which shows the resulting AKF of jump pattern SM1 for a frame size of N = 576 and a jump pattern length of J = 18. If the basic jump pattern SM1 has J elements, then the jump patterns meet at exactly J ^* J positions due to the cyclic rotation of SM1 5. With J = 18 this would be 342 "hits". These 342 hits are distributed over N positions, in this example 576 positions. Thus, assuming as shown in Fig. 48, maximum values of two in the secondary maxima then the jump pattern is very suitable. The other G-1 basic jump patterns SM2, .... SMG should also have similarly good AKF properties.

3) Analogously to the G autocorrelation functions, all cross-correlation combinations should also be as uncorrelated as possible with one another.

4) Additional information can be impressed on the basic jump pattern in several ways. For example, it is advantageous not to distribute the minimum spacing mentioned in point 1) between the J partial data packets equally spaced (equidistant), since it would generate significant secondary maxima in FIG. 48. If, for example, all J-1 resource intervals between the sub-data packets according to FIG. 45 are specified with different time intervals, then (e.g. the data receiver) can already use a few sub-data packets at which unique intervals to the other possibly disturbed packets close back. This helps to resolve ambiguities that arise from the overlapping of many sub-data packets. Additional information of this kind can be very helpful, particularly if you are thinking of interference-reducing methods such as SIC or PIC in order to increase performance.

C.3.4 Transmission of additional information about the jump pattern used

As a rule, the data receiver (e.g. base station) 104 does not know which data transmitters (e.g. terminals) 106_1 to 106_n access the radio channel with which jump patterns in the resource frame. Particularly when there is a large supply of possible jump patterns available to the data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n, it can be a processing and therefore energy-intensive task in the data receiver 104 to detect the data packets sent based on their jump patterns used in the transmission of the partial data packets . With a resource frame size of, for example, N = 1200 send 54 data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n (n = 54) simultaneously within a single resource frame with a packet error rate (PER) of 10%, resulting in a total of 972 sub-data packets (or partial data packets) be sent out. With so many data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n, there is increasing ambiguity in the assignment of the jump patterns during the detection. In order to be able to resolve these ambiguities more easily, it is helpful to transmit further additional information while the jump pattern is being sent out.

In exemplary embodiments, a dedicated frequency offset can be impressed (for example by the data transmitter 106_1 on the transmission signal 122). For example, the transmission signal 122 from the respective data transmitter 106_1 can consciously have a dedicated frequency offset of, for example, dependent on the respective jump pattern

be brought up. The data receiver 104 is typically designed such that the data receiver 104 can estimate the frequency offset of the received signal. Information about the jump pattern or the individual partial data packet in the resource frame can then be obtained from the sequence of the estimated values of the frequency offset.

In exemplary embodiments, a dedicated time shift can be impressed (e.g. by the data transmitter 106_1 on the transmission signal 122).

For example, according to the application of a frequency offset, a dedicated time shift Atded dependent on the respective jump pattern (e.g. jump pattern 116) can be deliberately added to the transmission signal 122 from the respective data transmitter (e.g. data transmitter 106_1). This can, for example, be in the order of magnitude of individual symbol intervals.

Different preambles can be used in exemplary embodiments.

For example, the signal (transmission signal 122) can contain a preamble (also called reference, training or pilot sequence) that is dependent on the respective jump pattern (e.g. jump pattern 116) in order to avoid a possible signal overlay of the partial data packets of several data transmitters 106_1 to 106_n in a resource element to recognize. These preambles should be as orthogonal to one another as possible so that the best possible separation is possible during detection.

In exemplary embodiments, a combination of the above features can occur, e.g. a combination of at least two of (1) the application of a dedicated frequency offset, (2) the application of a dedicated time shift, and (3) the use of different preambles.

For example, the above-mentioned features can also be combined with one another as desired in order to provide the detection with the highest possible information content regarding the jump pattern used.

The imprinting of such additional information causes a certain additional effort on the part of the detection. The use of, for example, three different Preambles require a threefold effort for the pilot sequence correlations in the individual (partial sponsorship packages) and also for the second step, the jump pattern correlation, this step must be carried out separately for each preamble used. In this respect, the system with the frame size N should first be carried out and the number of basic jump patterns M and only when the

If detection performance deteriorates due to too many ambiguities, the introduction of additional information should be considered.

C.4 Unipolar binary sequences with good periodic correlation behavior

The so-called “contention-based access” are used for the channel access methods considered here. The subscribers 106_1-106_n (e.g. terminals) of the

Communication system 102 does not have any exclusively allocated resources available, but rather several subscribers 106_1-106_n access a common range of radio resources (= resource elements 112 that can be used by communication system 102) on their own initiative. This can lead to access conflicts, ie to the simultaneous occupancy of resource elements by two or more participants. With the “competition-based access method”, a rough distinction can be made between the following variants: a) In the case of a purely unidirectional data transmission from the subscriber (e.g. terminal) to the base station, the latter sends its message according to a cyclical cycle (the duty cycle). Since the base station does not know the different transmission times of the individual subscribers, it receives them continuously. Since there is also no coordination of the participants, the channel accesses are asynchronous (unslotted) with any time granularity. b) Variant a) can be expanded to include a simple bidirectional interface. If the base station successfully receives a data packet from a subscriber, the base station can send the subscriber a message (“immediate feedback”, “ACK / NACK”) immediately after the end of this transmission. To receive this return channel, the subscriber only switches his receiver on for a very short time interval. c) The base station acts here as a coordinating entity (master), for example by periodically sending a beacon signal or other Sends reference signals. The participants can synchronize with it and then take the initiative in the competitive process (uncoordinated and independent of one another) on a time-limited range of radio resources (= resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, e.g. a so-called resource frame). The clocking of the access attempts is synchronized ("slotted") in time slots (so-called resource blocks) and each participant is only allowed to send out one of its partial data packets at the beginning of a time slot.

In [6], [7] and [8] the design of jump patterns for the above variants a) and b) is dealt with, while the basic design for variant c) as linearly shifted and cyclically rotated two-dimensional jump patterns in section above C.1 and specifically described in Section C.3.

The exemplary embodiments described below relate to the design of the basic jump pattern for the synchronous case (variant c)).

The starting point for this are unipolar Barker sequences, which are identical to the so-called Golomb rulers [9, page 120]. These are binary sequences with elements e {0,1} whose autocorrelation functions (AKF) only have secondary values l e {0,1}. In the following it is assumed as an example that a "1" in the binary sequence corresponds to the transmission of a partial data packet by a participant (e.g. terminal). With a "0", no partial data packet is sent. As a result, two telegrams that both use the same basic jump pattern either do not interfere at all (with l = 0) or in the worst case (with 2 = 1) only two partial data packets collide with one another.

Of course, in the case of exemplary embodiments, it can also be assumed that a "0" in the binary sequence corresponds to the transmission of a partial data packet by a subscriber (e.g. terminal), while with a "1" no partial data packet is sent.

The theory of the Golomb rulers and the necessary terms such as periodic AKF, area an AKF or main-secondary maxima ratio (HNV) are briefly described below. A detailed description of the exemplary embodiments based on this, in particular the application to synchronous (“slotted”) transmission, is given in Sections C.4.1-C.4.4. In mathematics, a Golomb ruler (named after Solomon W. Golomb) is a set of non-negative integers or marks where no pair of numbers is the same difference (distance) from one another. Golomb rulers are categorized according to their “order” and their “length”, with the order E being defined by the number of marks and the length N by the largest occurring marking. A Golomb ruler of order £ = 5 and length A / = 12 is shown in FIG. 49.

As can be seen in FIG. 49, the Golomb ruler 300 includes E = 5 markings 302_1-302_5, a first marking 302_1 for the integer number one, a second marking 302_2 for the integer number three, and a third marking 302_3 for the integer number eight, a fourth marking 302_4 for the integer number nine and a fifth marking 302_5 for the integer number twelve.

When considering the distances between the first marking 302_1 and the other four markings 302_2-302_5, the result is the four distances {2,7,8,11}. The second marking 302_2 has the three distances {5,6,9} to the remaining three right markings 302_3-302_5 and the differences {1,4} result as distances for the third marking 302_3. The last distance between the fourth marking 302_4 and the fifth marking 302_5 is {3}. Depending on the order E, there are S _b = i ^b different distances, that is to say ten different distances in the example shown in FIG. 49. In increasing order this results in the difference series of numbers {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11} for all marking distances. It becomes clear that no spaces occur twice in the difference series of numbers.

The Golomb ruler G = {1,3,8,9,12} shown in FIG. 49 can be interpreted as a binary unipolar non-periodic (or aperiodic) sequence with elements e {0,1}, where the numbers of the five markings 302_1 -302_5 indicate the positions occupied with one in the range 1 <n <N (and the other numbers the positions occupied with zero (alternatively, of course, the numbers of the five markings 302_1-302_5 can also indicate the positions occupied with zero in the range 1 <n <N and the other numbers the digits filled with one)). A binary sequence is referred to as unipolar if it only consists of the elements e {0,1}, while a binary sequence with the elements e {-1,1} is referred to as bipolar. This results in a sequence s (n) of length N = 12 in the following form for the example shown in Fig. 49:

Golomb arrangements are characterized by the fact that their autocorrelation function (AKF) only has secondary values l

{,} uf show. The AKF is defined for s (n) as

where the 'character characterizes the conjugate complex operation. In the case of real-valued sequences (which are assumed here) this operation can be omitted. The term S means the summation over all n for which the

Argument (·) does not go away. The width of the AKF is 2N-1 and the main AKF maximum is always. When calculating the AKF, the following applies

take into account that for binary sequences with the elements e {0,1} the multiplication in equation (2) is to be realized by the AND operation (often also referred to as logical multiplication). Such an AKF is often referred to in the English-language literature as a "Thumbtack AKF"("thumbtackAKF") [10]

The AKF of the sequence s (n) from equation (1) is calculated according to equation (2)

All secondary values of the AKF from equation (3) have the size one ("1"), except for the two positions for m = +10. The reason for this is that the distance ten is missing in the above difference number series {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11}. Golomb arrangements whose APF minor values contain only one are called perfect Golomb rulers. However, these only exist up to an order E = 4 and a length N = 7 [9] For longer lengths N, the number of vanishing secondary values increases more and more. For “thumbtack AKFs” of binary unipolar and non-periodic sequences with elements e {0,1}, according to [9], the “area” of the AKF applies

For the example from equation (3) this means an area value of E ² = 25, which is exactly the sum of vo

E and all AKF minor values m 1 corresponds. On

perfect Golomb ruler of order E = 5 can only have a length of N = 11, if it existed. For the following applications, the quality measure of the main-secondary maximum ratio (HNV) is still according to the definition

significant. The HNV assesses the impulsive self-interference from the AKF secondary values. HNV = E always applies to Golomb rulers. It should also be mentioned that the example from Fig. 49 is a so-called “optimal Golomb ruler” (OGR). An OGR always has the shortest length N for a given order E. The highest known order of an optimal Golomb ruler is currently E-27 (with N = 554 if the marking starts at one ("1"). If it is not an OGR, it is referred to as “non-optimal Golomb rulers” or unipolar Barker sequences [9].

The previous considerations were carried out exclusively for an aperiodic correlation behavior. If hopping patterns are considered, which are rotated cyclically as in Section C.3, then the periodic correlation behavior of unipolar periodic binary sequences s (n) e {0,1} should also be examined. For this purpose, consider the periodic sequence s (n) with the property

The periodic autocorrelation function (PAKF) is then

where the PAKF to the aperiodic AKF of the basic period s (n) of the sequence according to equation (2) is in the following relationship:

Aperiodic Golomb rulers, however, cannot be used as simply as unipolar periodic binary sequences, since these would then also have AKF ancillary values. (Unipolar periodic binary sequences whose PAKF only has secondary values with retain this ACF property even when used as a unipolar aperiodic binary sequence, but not vice versa).

The problem with unipolar periodic binary sequences s (n) e {0,1}, whose PAKF should only contain secondary values of l = 1 or le {0,1}, is that they depend on their order E (i.e. the number of ones in s only for whole

certain period lengths N apply. According to [9], the relationship holds for p-ary m-sequences

where only PAH minor values of 1 - 1 occur here. If PAKF secondary values of le {0,1} are allowed for the p-nary m-sequences, then according to [9] the relationship between E and N applies:

where only one prime power (prime numbers and their powers) is allowed for order E.

The p-ary m-sequences are Galois fields of the pth order and 2nd degree with correspondingly primitive polynomials, where p has to be prime [9]

and for

Below is an example for

Since the value four is missing in the cyclic difference number series {1,2, 3, 5, 6, 7}, the PAKF is zero at this point. According to [9], the "area" of the PAKF is given by:

It should be noted that the PAKF width only corresponds to the length N of one period, while the AKF according to equation (4) has a width of 2N-1. It should already be pointed out at this point that a cyclic shift of s (n) by n ₀ (corresponding to

as well as a mirroring (i.e. rivial invariance operations at

are periodic (as well as aperiodic) consequences and therefore have no effect on the PAKF values. The example according to equation (13) with is referred to as a periodic basic sequence because for the first value

applies. A cyclical shift by six places then results in the sequence This has

a PAKF identical to equation (14) and is referred to below in exemplary embodiments as one of the N possible shifted jump patterns of the basic sequence. The variant mirrored in equation (13) also has a PAKF which is identical to equation (14) and becomes

accordingly referred to as an equivalent (or mirror image) basic sequence or mirror image.

Finally, an important limit [9] for the unipolar periodic sequences under consideration:

or resolved for N:

Equation (17) indicates how long the period length N has to be at least for a given order E.

For the sequences according to equation (9) (exclusively with PAKF secondary values of l = 1), the equal sign applies in each case, for the sequences according to equation (10) (PAKF secondary values with le {0,1}) the greater or Lowercase sign. The exemplary embodiments described below show how unipolar periodic binary sequences with improved (eg good) periodic correlation behavior

and period length N which is as variable as possible can be generated and how the basic jump pattern used in sections C.1 and C.3, on which the different jump patterns used for data transmission are based, can be derived from this.

Improved correlation properties are characterized by an improved (e.g. maximum) HNV (main-secondary maximum ratio). Since the main maximum in unipolar binary sequences is always equal to the order E, this will be appreciated. Embodiments achieved by reducing the PAKF secondary values.

In the exemplary embodiments described below, it is assumed that a logical one (“1”) in the binary sequence corresponds to the transmission of a partial data packet by a participant (e.g. end point) and a logical zero (“0”) does not correspond to a partial data packet is sent. Of course, the exemplary embodiments described below can be used in a corresponding manner if a logical zero ("0") in the binary sequence corresponds to the transmission of a partial data packet by a subscriber (e.g. end point) and a logical one ("1") does not correspond to a partial Data packet is sent.

Furthermore, in the exemplary embodiments described below, it is assumed that unipolar periodic binary sequences are based on a basic sequence with a value of

based on position one. The jV possible jump patterns of this basic sequence can be obtained by a corresponding cyclical shifting. For every basic sequence

there is always a mirror image with identical PAKF properties.

Furthermore, in the exemplary embodiments described below, a synchronous transmission is assumed, in which the base station specifies a grid of time slots for the channel accesses. Each time slot has a certain length, which in our case corresponds at least to the length of a partial data packet (consisting of training and data symbols). The subscribers (e.g. terminals) have no exclusively allocated resources at their disposal, but rather a common supply of M radio resources (= resource elements that can be used by the communication system, e.g. so-called resource frame 112, see e.g. Fig. 26 and Fig. 41) , which is divided into C discrete frequency channels and T time slots. All in all, they are all in one. Resource frame 112 M = T * C resource blocks or Resource elements (or time slots or time-frequency resources) are available. In Sections C.1 and C.3 it was shown that starting from a basic hop pattern which has L different time slots for the L partial data packets, this can be evenly distributed in the resource frame 112 by M different initial offsets. If a time slot is shifted beyond the "right" frame edge, a modulo operation is used to mirror it to the "left" side back into the valid resource area (see Section C.3). This means that there are M different jump patterns with the same basic shape.

C.4.1 Receiver with one frequency channel (C = 1) and M = T time slots per resource frame

The case is particularly simple if only one frequency channel is assumed per time slot, that is, C = 1. The situation shown by way of example in FIG. 50 then results.

In detail, Fig. 50 shows a schematic representation of an exemplary allocation of resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119_1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, indicated by three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 of different participants 106_1, 106_2 and 106_3, wherein the three hopping patterns 116, 117 and 131 are derived from the same basic hopping pattern based on a cyclical shift of the basic hopping pattern in time and / or frequency. In FIG. 50, the ordinate describes the frequency in frequency channels (frequency indices) and the abscissa the time in time slots (time slot indices).

In other words, FIG. 50 shows an exemplary scenario with three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 (M = T = 40, C = 1 and L = E = 4), with all three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 on an identical basic jump pattern (Basic sequence) and only have different initial offsets.

The jump pattern 116 of the subscriber 106_1, which is identical to the basic jump pattern with L = 4 (no shift), occupies the time slots {1, 10, 21, 32} and the other two subscribers 106_2 and 106_3 (English user) in FIG. send with jump patterns 117 and 131, which only correspond to the basic pattern shifted by four or 27 time slots. Since the jump pattern 131 of the subscriber 106_3 reaches the right frame edge, the time slots of the two partial data packets 133_3 and 133_4 are based on a modulo operation over the left frame edge into the range of available resource elements 112 (resource frame) rotated in. If - according to the above illustration - the four used time slots 118_1 to 118_4 of the basic jump pattern (or the basic sequence) are filled with a logical one and all 36 other unused elements with a logical zero, then this results in a unipolar periodic binary sequence PAKF

can be calculated according to equation (7). The number of L partial data packets in a message corresponds to the order E mentioned there.

The use of periodic binary sequences as a basic jump pattern, whose PAKF only have secondary values of, are for this

Problem definition ideal. Send two participants in the resources 112 (for example resource frames) that can be used by the communication system 102 with different ones

Jump patterns, a maximum of only one partial data packet per participant can collide with one another. In order for 50% of the partial data packets of a participant to be lost, at least L / 2 participants are required (the use of identical jump patterns is excluded here). As a rule, however, such packet losses are still absorbed by the channel coding.

The optimal m or Galois sequences according to [9] with PAKF secondary values of l = 1 or {0.1} have a major disadvantage, however. The number M of available resources (e.g.

.B. Size M of the resource frame 112) must correspond exactly to the only possible fixed period length N (either from equation (11) or (12)) for a selected L (= E). An additional resource element and the PAKF secondary values would also assume values l> 1.

In embodiments, aperiodic “optimal Golomb lines” are assumed, which are known to be most densely packed [9] (ie shortest possible length N for a given order E, see also the second column in Table 1 below) and which have only secondary AKF values of} in terms of their aperiodic correlation behavior. Now becomes such an aperiodic sequence

s (n) extended by a certain number of zeros, to a new, now periodic binary form

length {0,1} with the new minimum P id specified in the table below

, then they have the required PAKF property with secondary values from This PAKF property is even retained if for the

Period length N e is selected in a larger value. For example, in the new sequence with order E = 8, a total of 34 zeros are inserted after the last marking (here 35) so that a period length of 69 results. Inserting 40 zeros results in one

new period length of N where the PAKF secondary values still have values of le {0.1}. This is why the> symbol is also shown in the third column of the table below. It was already mentioned above that there is a mirror pair (i.e. s (n) and s (-n)) for every aperiodic OGR. This pair is listed as an example in the following table in the first line for the order E = 8. In exemplary embodiments, it is irrelevant which of the two mirror images is used for the different orders.

The table above shows new unipolar periodic binary sequences for various

Order and period lengths N, based on the positions occupied by one of the optimal Golomb rulers with original length N.

51 shows in a diagram an order E or number L of partial data packets plotted over the period lengths or number M of available ones

Resource elements 112 for various periodic unipolar binary sequences.

In embodiments, a unipolar periodic binary sequence with minimum period length N can be generated by adding N-1 zeros to an optimal Golomb ruler or one of the mirror images of an optimal Golomb ruler of order E and length N. A sequence determined in this way with PAKF secondary values of exclusively l {0 1} then functions as a basic sequence of N different jump patterns, which are derived from s (n)

by rotating cyclically within the ver

reversible resource elements 112 (for example resource frames) emerge. Alternatively, the respective mirror image can also be used.

C.4.2 Receiver with several frequency channels (C> 1) and M = C * T time slots per resource frame

If the receiver of the base station 104 can receive several frequency channels simultaneously per time slot, then section C.3 shows that the actual The two-dimensional problem can be transformed into a one-dimensional problem as shown in FIG.

In detail, FIG. 52 shows a representation of the available resource elements 112 of the communication system 102, transformed to a virtual one-dimensional level, as well as the occupancy of the available resource elements 112 defined by three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 of three participants 106_1, 106_2 and 106_3. 52, the available resource elements 112 with the resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119_1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 occupied by the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 were projected onto a virtual one-dimensional plane in a time slot / time index (= column by column) and the versions projected in this way the time slots / time indices strung together in the time direction.

In other words, FIG. 52 shows an exemplary scenario with three jump patterns 116, 117 and 131 (M = T * C = 40, T = 5 and C = 8 and L = 4) based on a single basic jump pattern. It is assumed here that each subscriber 106_1, 106_2 and 106_3 may use a maximum of one time slot per (frequency) cluster.

As can be seen in FIG. 52, the C frequency channels in the frequency direction can thus be resolved into a vector by “folding over” the original two-dimensional matrix. The C frequency channels each form a cluster, in which it should be noted that a hop pattern may occupy at most one resource block from the C possible elements of a cluster, since the sender of a participant usually cannot or should not transmit on two frequencies at the same time. 52 shows an example of a resource frame 112 with 40 elements, with C = 8 parallel frequency channels per time slot being able to be received in the receiver of the base station, resulting in five clusters in which the three subscribers shown in the example then have their L = 4 subscribers. Place data packets.

In exemplary embodiments, aperiodic optimal Golomb rulers are assumed (as in Section C.4.1), with the secondary AKF values again exclusively having values of £ {0.1}. Then the E-1 different distances of all neighboring markings are calculated and those markings are deleted whose difference to other markings is smaller than the selected cluster size C (= number of frequency channels or resource elements in the frequency direction). This achieves a minimum distance of C between all markings, which is a prerequisite for the application of Section C.3. For example, the OGR has made the table from Section C.4.1 with order E = 12 the twelve markings {1 3 7 25 30 41 44 56 69 76 77 86}. If a difference distance of at least C-6 is required, the markings 3, 44 and 77, for example, can fall out. Alternatively, the markings 3, 41 and 76 or a mixed form thereof can also be deleted. Finally, a marking combination can be selected in which the fewest zeros have to be inserted so that the smallest period lengthV results in which the PAKF property with secondary values of le {0,1} occurs for the first time. If the markings 3, 44 and 77 are omitted, there is a cyclical minimum period length of N = 127; if 3, 41 and 77 are omitted, a minimum period length of N = 133 would result. In the table below, the positions occupied by one in the range of 1 <n <N with different orders and the number of parallel frequency channels C are listed as an example.

The specific determination of the binary sequences given in the table below depends heavily on the desired cluster size C. The larger C is chosen, the more markings are to be deleted from the original OGR. Overall, a maximum order of E = 27 with a length of N = 554 is currently available in the literature.

If the same order is compared in the table from Section C.4.1 and in the table below, it becomes clear that the minimum period length N in the table below has increased significantly due to the introduction of the cluster, ie C> 1. In addition, the> symbol in the third column of the table below does not apply entirely throughout, as in the table from Section C.4.1.

The above table shows new unipolar periodic binary sequences with period length N, based on the positions occupied by one of the optimal Golomb rulers with different maximum cluster distances.

In embodiments, a unipolar periodic binary sequence of length N with minimum distances between two adjacent markings of the size of a cluster length C (= number of usable frequency channels or number of usable ones

Resource elements in frequency direction) are generated. Are used for this optimal Golomb rulers with a higher order than E with corresponding thinning, in such a way that a binary sequence with PAKF secondary values of exclusively is created by appending the smallest possible number of zeros. This basic sequence s or that

The basic jump pattern derived from this is then again the basis for various

Jump pattern made by rotating cyclically within that of the

Communication system 102 usable resource elements 112 (resource frame) emerge.

C.4.3 Receiver with one frequency channel (C = 1) and a comparatively small number of usable resource elements (small resource frame)

Battery-operated and / or very inexpensive base stations with few participants (e.g. nodes) in their network usually have little computing power and little storage capacity. Large period lengths N as in the previous two sections C.4.1 and C.4.2 are therefore not feasible and PAKF properties with secondary values of l e {0.1} are then only possible with a very low order E. A binary sequence of length N = 57 with PAKF secondary values A - 1, for example, can only be represented for E - 8 (and thus L = 8 partial data packets) [10]. The question therefore arises as to how optimal periodic binary sequences with a significantly larger order E should look for such resource frame sizes of, for example, N = 57 and what assessment criteria are there for this.

From equation (15) it can be seen that a PAKF distributed over N discrete support points always has an area ^{value of E 2} _{, with the value <p ss} (0) = E at the PAKF position m = 0. For the N - 1 PAKF secondary values of a unipolar periodic binary sequence, an integer value of is obtained according to [9]

If the values for E = 8 and N = 57 are used in equation (18), the result is a secondary PAKF value of l = 1, which is only possible with the single unipolar periodic binary sequence with the eight markings at the points D = {1 6 7 9 19 38 42 49} is fulfilled [10] This form of a so-called “cyclical difference set D” was first introduced by Baumert [10]. A difference set contains the E integers whose differences are mod N

Assume every value 1,2, ..., N - 1 exactly 2 times [10]. The above example is therefore a difference set D ₁ with the parameters: N = 57, E = 8 and 2 = 1.

If a larger order is to be designed, for example with E = 18 partial data packets and approximately the same period length, then using equation (18) a difference set D ₂ with Nci. _(i8) = 52, E = 18 and constant l = 6 result. However, since the value N = 52 does not appear in the sequence of A ^ from equation (1), this sequence D ₂ does not exist either [9,10]. Baumert [10] carried out a detailed investigation of the construction of difference sets up to Jv = 901 with (E = 225 and l = 56). For the present problem, however, this difference set D ₂ with l = 6 and E = 18 can be viewed as the lower limit of the realistically required period lengths of N.

Differential amounts according to equation (18) provide a constant value l for all PAHF secondary values. If it exists at all, according to [10] there is usually only one single unipolar periodic binary sequence that can satisfy equation (18). Since the number of usable resource elements 112 is relatively small (e.g. the period length of the resource frame is relatively short) and as a result (with random, free selection of the jump pattern by the participants) according to Section C.3, the probability of a full collision is relatively high, in exemplary embodiments several different basic jump patterns are used, ie binary sequences (see also Section C.4.4), so that a required threshold for a full collision probability is not reached. Since, as a rule, several basic jump patterns are required, equation (18) with its difference quantities cannot be used directly, since the order E and the PAKF secondary values l (integer) are specified in equation (18). From this only a possible N follows (often there is no solution).

Therefore, equation (18) is modified in exemplary embodiments to max = ceil ((E ² - E) / (ß - 1)), (20) with the rounding function "ceil", which specifies the next integer that is greater than or equal to is the (usually real) number given in brackets. The PAKF of a binary sequence is now allowed to have different PAKF secondary values le [0,1, ..., A _max: }. However, the resulting binary sequence according to equation (20) is no longer a cyclic difference set in the sense of G9]. The closer to the value = 52 of is approximated above, the more difficult it is to find binary sequences with l _max =

For example, not a single binary sequence with l _max = 6 and E = 18 could be found in the range 52 <N <55. For N = 57, the probability of occurrence of such binary sequences (searched using a Monte Carlo simulation) is nd for N.

In contrast to equation (18), in which no enlargement of N is permitted, since l must be an integer, equation (20) allows an enlargement of N, since the ceil function rounds up to integer. For larger N it is then much more likely that a solution exists. This can be sought, for example, by trying to determine whether l _{max is} met. If this is still not the case, / V can be increased further.

Difference sets according to equation (18) with constant l for all PAHF secondary values only exist for a few individual combinations of E and (see also equation (9)). University

polar periodic binary sequences which, according to exemplary embodiments, satisfy equation (20) with their various secondary PAKF values, exist for all

Combinations of E and N. Such binary sequences with the smallest possible l _max provide basic patterns with the lowest possible collision rate. Basic patterns are all binary sequences (as well as their mirror images) which, due to their cyclic shift invariance, are shifted in such a way that the smallest marking is also placed in position one.

53 shows in a diagram a minimum major / minor maximum ratio (HNV) according to equation (20) for different orders E as a function of the period length N.

As shown in FIG. 53, equation (20) also allows conclusions to be drawn about the ratio of

Main to secondary maximum {HNV, see equation (5)) depending on the order E and the period length N used. A high HNV value corresponds to a low one

Value of X _max and should be aimed for for safe transmission. With an N = 60 and

Using E = 18 sub-data packets per jump pattern, l _{max is} at a maximum value of six, resulting in an HNV of three. If two subscribers want to be used by the communication system 102 at the same time

Resource elements 112 (resource frames) send, the two disturb each other

Participants with up to six sub-data packets mutually. Sends a third one

Participants, the average number of collisions of sub-data packets per

Participants as early as ten and in the worst case one or even two

Participants can no longer be decoded without errors, although a 1/3 rate Faltuna code is used as a Error protection is used. If the order were reduced to E = 12 with the same error protection, whereby the value of HNV _{min increases} to four, then only three sub-data packets would interfere with two participants and four to five participants could be handled at the same time without this the individual failure probability would increase significantly.

In exemplary embodiments, if the number M = N of the resource elements 112 that can be used by the communication system (e.g. size of the resource frame) is limited due to insufficient storage capacity, the number of simultaneously active participants in the usable resource elements 112 (resource frame) for a given packet failure rate can be achieved by means of Equation (20) can be estimated. If a higher number of simultaneously active subscribers per resource frame is to be permitted due to certain applications, the number of sub-data packets used per telegram (or the order E) is significantly reduced in the exemplary embodiments. With the same error protection, this means a reduction in the original telegram length. The number of data symbols then remaining in the respective sub-data packet should, however, still be sufficient to transmit important initial information such as user ID, authentication or other important information to the base station. The resource framework can thus be viewed as part of the so-called “contention access period (CAP)” according to [2] or as a kind of activation area according to [12]. The base station can then send an ACK (confirmation of receipt) to the subscriber with additional information at the next beacon, so that a conflict-free transmission can take place within the next “contention free period (CFP) [2]”.

For reasons of energy consumption, battery-operated base stations should have their reception window as small as possible. This size essentially depends on the number of users present in the network (eg sensor nodes) and their signaling behavior (duty cycle, message size). In normal operation, the traffic volume can be estimated according to a binomial or Poisson distribution. If an extraordinary event occurs (e.g. storm, flood, catastrophe) which results in a significantly higher volume of traffic, the subscriber (e.g. sensor) can independently send a shorter telegram length with a correspondingly lower order E using the CAP and CFP described above Mechanisms. Alternatively, the base station can use so-called “contention prevention methods” to reduce overload in the CAP. In exemplary embodiments, resource elements that are used jointly, so-called signaling resource elements (common resource elements / common resource blocks (RCE)), can always be used to save energy due to all jump patterns.

If saving energy on the part of the base station has the highest priority, a certain number of resource elements (e.g. time slots) can (advantageously) be allocated at the beginning of each resource frame 112, which are shared by all hopping patterns, so-called signaling resource elements. As a result, it is comparatively easy for the base station (for example by means of an energy evaluation in the signaling resource elements) to recognize whether one or more subscribers are transmitting within the resource elements 112 (resource frames) that can be used by the communication system. If there is no energy in the X _CRE signaling resource elements, the base station can dispense with searching the remaining N time slots for subscribers and can switch off its receiver immediately after receiving and evaluating the signaling resource elements. The period length N and the rotation of the basic jump pattern remain unaffected, the X _CRE signaling resource elements are only added to the usable resource elements 112 (resource frame), i.e. M = X _CRE + N.

54 shows in a diagram the occupancy of resource elements 118_1 to 118_4, 119_1 to 119_4 and 133_1 to 133_4 of the resource elements 112 usable by the communication system 102, the usable resource elements 112 Signaling resource elements 310 are placed in front of them, in which the subscribers 106_1, 106_2 and 106_3 can each send a signaling signal that indicates a subsequent transmission.

In other words, FIG. 54 shows an exemplary scenario with three jump patterns 116, 117 and preceding

Signaling resource elements 310.

The X _CRE signaling resource elements 310 can be part of the L partial data packets and also _{contain encoded data information like the other L-X CRE} partial data packets. Then follows for the order of the basic jump pattern: E = L - X _CRE . The binary sequence with reduced order E and period length N can be designed as described above. Sends a second participant within the usable Resource elements 112, the respective sub-data packets of the two subscribers collide in the X _CRE signaling resource elements 310.

As already described above, battery-operated base stations should keep their reception window as small as possible for energy reasons, the number of usable resource elements 112 (e.g. size of the resource frame) depending on the number of subscribers present (e.g. sensor nodes) and their signaling frequency. If the binomial traffic volume in normal operation provides the statement that very often no subscriber is transmitting, then after the energetic analysis of the signaling resource elements 310 the base station can dispense with searching the remaining N resource elements (e.g. time slots) for subscribers if there is no energy in the X. _CRE signaling resource elements 310 are located.

C.4.4 Receiver with several basic jump patterns to minimize the full collision probability

It is precisely with a small number of usable resource elements 112 (for example short length / V of the resource frame) that the probability of the random selection of the same jump pattern, ie full collision, lies

Use of a single basic jump pattern with two participants with one that is no longer tolerable

Area. Even with short period lengths such as N = 60, the value of Pvoiicoii should be as clearly as possible less than 1%. The remedy here is to use several basic jump patterns instead of just one, which are then rotated cyclically through the usable resource elements 112 (eg resource frames) and the full collision probability is reduced to if K is the number of

Basic jump pattern is. Such families of K binary sequences should, in addition to the previously mentioned good PAKF properties, with the lowest possible according to equation

(20) also have good properties for the periodic cross-correlation function (PKKF). The PKKF reads in a generalization of equation (7)

where it is assumed that the periods of the two periodic sequences (n) and s _j (n) are equal to N. If a family of K basic binary sequences is considered, the PKKF is to be carried out according to equation (21) for all S = ί & possible combinations of the basic jump patterns, i.e. for all permutations. Since the

"Area" of the PKKF is identical to the PAKF (equation (15)), the relationship now results in analogy to equation (20)

for the upper barrier of all PKKF combinations. In [9] it is shown that there is no family of sequences that have both perfect PAKF and perfect PKKFs. This is only possible in mutual exchange, ie especially if K> 2, the improvements in the PAKFs have to result from a deterioration in the PKKFs

be bought and vice versa. However, there are always certain areas of N where some kind of equilibrium is established.

As shown in FIG. 55, the same upper limit of the secondary maxima in equation (22) only becomes the same with a greater period length

than achieved in equation (20). The main PAKF maximum can be seen as the reason, which is not the case with PKKF

exists and there then additionally over the others

Secondary maxima is smeared. So far not a single binary sequence has been found with at

[9], not even with

but only at

where according to the following table even two binary sequences were found. Thing is

extremely large for these binary strings with a maximum value of ten. Also the

respective mirror images of the two binary sequences for have unchanged PAKF-

Values with

Therefore, all four sequences could be used as possible basic jump patterns. However, all six possible PKKF combinations must be tested, since the reflection invariance does not apply to the PKKF. The table below clearly shows that the first pair of mirrors PKKF secondary maxima of

possesses, while this value increases in the second pair of mirrors au 2. Should be three

Basic jump pattern should be used = 0.595%), so should the first three

Binary sequences from the table below are used because there for all three PKKFs

applies. If the fourth episode was added or replaced one of the first three, it would increase to a value of twelve.

When looking at the next lines of the table below, it becomes clear that only with a value of

0 have the first two binary sequences ei 7 and at

Using three binary sequences get a value of vo

8 sets. The use of the three equivalent mirror images brings no result for the two cases

Improvement of the PKKF small cap stocks. In the case of jV

if significantly larger PKKF small caps would have to be expected, this would increase to values of up to eleven.

The first two binary sequences with l do not appear until N is reached. At

Using a 1/3 rate convolutional code should always be able to successfully decode three participants according to [12], since in the worst constellation a maximum of twelve partial data packets can be disturbed by the participants.

The table above shows periodic basic binary sequences

and and

with different period lengths iV d from it

the following minimum values of

Embodiments create families of periodic basic pattern binary sequences (0,1), 1 <k <K with a given order E and improved (or even minimal) according to equation (20) with improved (eg good) cross-correlation properties

ten with respect to all of their secondary maxima

According to exemplary embodiments, the period length is used for this purpose

N chosen so large that

according to equation (22) already assumes a value of all secondary maxima reduced by one. All binary sequences (as well as their mirror images) that are shifted due to their cyclic displacement invariance in such a way that the smallest marking m is at position one are referred to as the basic pattern.

Embodiments enable the generation of one or more binary sequences 1 with good PAKF and PKKF properties, wherein

all l _max assume the same value as possible. According to exemplary embodiments, this is the case when equation (22) supplies a value of l max reduced by one as a result than is actually desired. For example, this is for # = 18 and X _max = 6 onwards

he case. Equation (22) provides a value of X _max = 5 for the first time there. Another degree of freedom to increase the number K of the basic binary sequences sought is the verification and possible inclusion of all mirror images.

D. Detection of signals from radio users in a synchronized system

Before exemplary embodiments of the present invention are described in more detail with reference to FIGS. 56 to 70, an exemplary communication system is first described in which exemplary embodiments of the present invention can be used. However, exemplary embodiments are not restricted to the communication system described below. Rather, exemplary embodiments can generally be used in synchronized communication systems in which a set of usable resources are available for the transmission of data, which can be accessed based on the jump patterns known from the data receiver.

Exemplary communication system

In the following, a communication system 102 for radio-based data transmission is assumed which has several participants who access shared resources (e.g. radio resources) using what is known as a contention-based access method.

In the following, it is assumed that data to be transmitted are transmitted in a distributed manner according to a hop pattern (e.g. (relative) channel access pattern) in several different resources (e.g. time / frequency resources) of the communication system 102 (e.g. transmission system).

For example, the data to be transmitted can be data from a random access channel (RACH [14]) or a data packet that is transmitted according to the so-called telegram splitting method (Telegram Splitting Multiple Access, TSMA) [ 1] Here, a data packet to be transmitted is divided into several partial data packets, which are sent out according to a jump pattern (eg (relative) channel access pattern) in several different ZeiW frequency resources. Regardless of whether, for example, a data packet according to the TSMA Method is sent or whether, for example, the transmission of a RACH message distributed over several time / frequency resources takes place, in the following the associated transmissions are referred to as “partial data packets” without restricting their general validity.

Furthermore, it is assumed in the following that a set of usable resources is available in the communication system 102 for the transmission of data (e.g. per time segment of several successive time segments). The resources can be resource elements or resource blocks, e.g. each with one or more resource elements.

For example, the set of usable resources (= a supply of radio resources) can be specified by a coordinating entity of the communication system 102, such as a base station of the communication system 102 (e.g. radio transmission system), which is, for example, a so-called PAN coordinator [2 ] (dt. PAN coordinator) can act.

For example, the set of usable resources can be a so-called resource frame [2]. The resource frame can, for example, be divided into individual resource elements (REs) each with a known time and frequency position, so that the communication system 102 can be a communication system with synchronized data transmission, as is described in section B, for example.

Of course, the set of usable resources can also be a set of usable resource blocks. The resource blocks can each have one or more resource elements. For example, the resource blocks can be the resource blocks defined in [14].

The set of usable resources is available to the participants for the transfer of data. As already mentioned, the data can be divided into a plurality (J) of partial data packets, the distribution of the J partial data packets to the M resources of the set of usable resources available for transmission using jump patterns (e.g. (relative) channel access patterns) takes place, the number of M available resources being greater than the number of J partial data packets, M> J. The design of the jump patterns is explained in detail in Section C. Furthermore, it is assumed in the following that there is a stock of jump patterns from which the participants themselves select one when sending data. The data receiver does not know in advance whether a subscriber is sending in a certain set of usable resources and - if so - which jump pattern he has selected from the stock available to him. (The stock of permissible jump patterns may differ from participant to participant or from participant group to participant group.) In this respect, there is an uncoordinated transmission. This feature typically also applies to the RACH [14] random access channel in mobile radio systems, for example.

If there are several participants in a communication system 102 (e.g. radio system), the recipient does not know

- how many participants are sending within the set of usable resources, and

- which jump patterns are used by the participants and, accordingly, which resources are occupied by the respective jump patterns.

In a communication system 102 (e.g. radio system) with the above properties, the task of the receiver can be divided into two areas in a highly simplified manner. Firstly, the detection of transmitted data (e.g. data packets) and, secondly, the subsequent demodulation of the signal and decoding of the data. In a communication system 102 with many participants, of whom only a few are active at the same time (i.e. in a set of usable resources), detection has a central task. Undetected (sent) data (e.g. data packets) are lost and incorrectly detected data (e.g. data packets) impose an unnecessary computational load on the receiver (for demodulation and decoding) and thus energy consumption.

It is therefore desirable to detect the jump patterns actively used for data transmission within a set of usable resources under consideration by evaluating the corresponding received signals. (A distinction must be made here between "active participants" and "jump patterns used", as the detection of a jump pattern used does not yet allow any direct conclusions to be drawn about the associated participant. This is usually only known after the data sent has been demodulated and decoded.)

The quality of the above detection is characterized by two parameters: a misdetection probability, which indicates the probability of not detecting the data sent (with a jump pattern) (eg a data packet), and

- a false alarm probability, which indicates the probability of falsely detecting (unsent) data (e.g. a data packet).

Detection

In general, the term “detection” in the context of message transmission denotes the finding of a signal, a partial signal or a set of several signals in a given search area. In the following, the conditions are first described under which the detection takes place in the context of transmissions of partial data packets and a conventional detection is explained for this. This is explained below using the example of a TSMA-based transmission.

Set of usable resources in a synchronized transmission system

As already mentioned, a synchronized communication system 102 (e.g. transmission system) is assumed, i.e. the data transmitter and data receiver are synchronized with one another in terms of time and frequency.

In such a synchronized communication system, a set of usable resources is used for the transmission of data. The set of usable resources can be, for example, a set of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame). Alternatively, the set of usable resources can be a set of usable resource blocks, wherein the resource blocks can each have one or more resource elements. In the following, a set of usable resource elements (resource frame in [1]) is assumed for illustration. However, the following description is just as applicable if a set of usable resource blocks is used for the transmission of data, as is customary, for example, in [14].

56 shows a schematic view of a set 112 of usable resource elements 212_1-212_R (for example a resource frame), four of the resource elements 212_1-212_R being occupied by J = 4 partial data packets by way of example. The set 112 of usable resource elements (eg resource frames) shown in FIG. 56 has, for example, R = 24 resource elements 212_1-212_R. These resource elements 212_1-212_R represent a discrete supply of radio transmission resources which can be used for the transmission of partial data packets. The individual resource elements 212_1-212_R are defined in a real communication system 102 (eg transmission system) by a time and frequency position as well as a (mostly constant) time duration and frequency bandwidth. Resource elements 212_1-212_R which follow one another directly in the indexing can be separated in a real communication system 102 by time and / or frequency intervals, as is described in section A, for example.

Different resource elements 212_1-212_R can, for example, have the same time positions and lengths and be arranged adjacent in the frequency range. The exact arrangement of the resource elements 212_1-212_R in the time / frequency grid is irrelevant for the following considerations, however, in a real transmission system it can be assumed that there are no overlaps between the individual resource elements 212_1-212_R in terms of time and / or frequency (safeguard of orthogonality).

In FIG. 56, a transmission of a data packet is also shown symbolically in the form of four occupied resource elements 212_5, 212_8, 212_15 and 212_20, which includes, for example, J = 4 partial data packets. In the example above, these are transmitted in the resource elements 212_5, 212_8, 212_15 and 212_20 with the indices {5, 8, 15, 20}. These indices define the so-called jump pattern via which the partial data packets are assigned to the resource elements 212_1-212_R available for transmission.

The allocation of a resource element with a partial data packet takes place in the form of the transmission of a signal in the physical time / frequency resource associated with the resource element. Such a signal is often referred to in the literature as a “burst”. This can e.g. be shorter than the length of the resource element and / or use a different bandwidth in the frequency range than defined by the resource element.

Synchronization sequence / preamble as part of the partial data packets For the purpose of detection and / or synchronization and / or channel estimation, it is widespread in radio transmission systems to transmit a so-called synchronization signal based, for example, on a synchronization sequence in the (partial) data packets. This sequence is often optionally referred to as a reference sequence, training sequence or preamble (the term "preamble" being used here regardless of the arrangement of the preamble symbols within the entire symbol sequence, ie it can be a preamble, midamble, postamble or a combination of these) . The synchronization sequence is known to the receiver in advance (in contrast to the transmitted data symbols) so that, for example, a correlation of the received signal with the synchronization sequence can take place in order to find a signal.

57 shows, in a diagram, a schematic illustration of a transmission of a partial data packet 214 in a resource element 212_5, the partial data packet including a preamble 216. In other words, FIG. 57 shows a schematic illustration of a resource element 212_5 occupied by a partial data packet (including a preamble).

In other words, FIG. 57 shows a schematic illustration of a (occupied) resource element 212_5, in which a partial data packet 214 is transmitted which contains a preamble 216. In real systems, despite synchronization, a residual synchronization error remains, which leads to the signal belonging to the partial data packet showing a remaining deviation in time and / or frequency relative to its setpoint position. This is symbolized in FIG. 57 by the fact that the resource element 212_5 and the partial data packet 214 are not arranged concentrically. The deviations are usually statistical processes in which the physical transmission channel can also flow on the recipient side.

The task of detection within the framework of the assumptions described is basically to detect a data packet that has been divided into partial data packets based on a jump pattern, e.g. transmitted according to the TSMA method. The detection usually comprises the three steps described below [13].

In a first step, a metric is determined (generally) for all time / frequency positions at which partial data packets (bursts) can in principle occur, which is suitably related to the probability of the presence of a data packet. These metrics are referred to below as transmission metrics (e.g. Burst Metrics) B denotes. The determination of the transmission metrics (burst metrics) takes place (still) independently of the jump patterns.

In a second step, a jump pattern metric (or pattern metric) P is determined on the basis of the transmission metrics (burst metrics). For this purpose, the transmission metrics belonging to a data packet are combined on the basis of the underlying jump pattern. A particularly simple and cost-effective form of combination is the addition of transmission metrics, ie

Here, P (s) is the jump pattern metric for the jump pattern s, M _{s is} the vector of length J with the indices of the resource elements occupied by the jump pattern s, and J is the length of the jump pattern or the number of partial data packets of a data packet .

In a third step, the actual detection takes place by comparing the jump pattern metrics P (s) for all S (at the respective point in time) permissible jump patterns, i.e. se (1, 2, ..., 5), with a fixed detection threshold T, ie

P _s > T => jump pattern s was detected

P _s <T = »Jump pattern s was not detected

The detection threshold T is of particular importance. The choice of the detection threshold T decides on the compromise (“tradeoff”) between the probability of missing or being faked, as is typical for detection tasks. This is sketched in FIG. 58.

In detail, Fig. 58 shows in a diagram a schematic representation of the missed and fake probability as a function of the selected detection threshold T.

Choosing a comparatively large value for T leads to a reduction in the probability of being pretended to be, but to an increase in the probability of the missed person. The same applies vice versa.

Determination of the transmission metrics The method for calculating the transmission metrics (burst metrics) itself is not the subject of the present invention, so that it will not be discussed in detail at this point. In terms of sense, however, the transmission metrics are related to the probability that a transmission (e.g. of a partial data packet) has taken place at the relevant position (for which the transmission metric was determined) in such a way that larger values of the transmission -Metrics are associated with higher chances that a transmission has taken place. If the transmission metric is calculated in such a way that it corresponds (exactly or approximately) to the logarithm of the probability of the occurrence of a transmission (e.g. a burst) at the relevant position, then the addition of the transmission metrics (ie the logarithmized probabilities) corresponds to a Multiplication of the associated (linearly represented) probabilities. An example of a possible calculation of transmission metrics can be found in [13] under the term “preamble correlation”.

The method described above for the detection of data packets which are transmitted in partial data packets based on jump patterns offers a very high level of efficiency when data packets are to be found in an environment that is predominantly disturbed by noise or system-external interference. When designing the receiver, a suitable but fixed detection threshold T is established, so that a desired operating point is set with regard to the probability of missing and faking.

However, this approach is not optimal, which is explained below.

introduction

As already stated, a set 112 of resource elements (for example a resource frame) is formed by a multiplicity of R resource elements 212_1-212_R. These represent a discrete supply of time / frequency resources which the subscribers of the communication system 102 can allocate to the transmission of their respective J partial data packets. The assignment is defined by corresponding jump patterns M _S (J) each with (l, ..., /}, se {1,2, ..., 5}.

It is assumed that all permitted jump patterns are known to both the sender and the receiver, the jump patterns currently used in a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame) with which the subscribers transfer their partial data packets to the resource elements 212_1 ~ 212_R but are unknown to the recipient beforehand. Likewise is the recipient It is not known how many participants are each accessing a set 112 of usable resources (eg a resource frame). The participants are uncoordinated among themselves in the selection of the jump patterns used, ie a jump pattern used by one participant does not allow any conclusions to be drawn about jump patterns used by other participants. In the worst case, it is possible that two or more subscribers in a set of usable resource elements (eg a resource frame) use the same jump pattern and thus their partial data packets completely overlap.

It is also assumed in the following that the jump patterns are designed so that different jump patterns can access the same resource elements 212_1-212_R, that is, even when using different jump patterns, collisions of partial data packets from different participants in one or more resource elements 212_1-212_R can come.

The task of the receiver within the scope of the detection is to search a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame) for all permissible jump patterns. (The identification of a jump pattern used usually does not allow any conclusions to be drawn about the associated participant.)

Overlay of partial data packets with high load

59 shows a schematic view of a set 112 of usable

Resource elements 212_1-212_R and an allocation 118_1-118_4 of resource elements indicated by a jump pattern 116 of a subscriber 106_1. As can be seen in FIG. 59, the resource elements 212_4, 212_7, 212_14 and 212_19 are occupied by the allocation 118_1 -118_4 of resource elements indicated by the jump pattern 116.

In other words, FIG. 59 shows a schematic illustration of resource elements 212_1-212_R and their assignment with partial data packets for a subscriber. Here, in an upper part of FIG. 59, the jump pattern 116 of an active participant is shown, while in a lower part of FIG. 59 the set 112 of usable

Resource elements 212_1-212_R (e.g. resource frame) with R = 24

Resource elements 212_1-212_R is shown, with the J = 4 occupied by the subscriber resource elements 212_4, 212_7, 212_14 and 212_19 being highlighted. RJ-20 resource elements are not used. This case serves as an example for a transmission with a low load.

60 shows a schematic view of a set 112 of usable resource elements 212_1-212_R as well as an allocation of resource elements indicated by five jump patterns of five participants 106_1-106_5. For example, the resource elements 212_3, 212_6, 212_13 and 212_18 can be occupied by the allocation 118_1 -118_4 of resource elements indicated by the first jump pattern 116 of the first participant, while the allocation 119_1-119_4 of resource elements indicated by the second jump pattern 117 of the second participant 106_2 the resource elements 212_9, 212_12, 212_19 and 212_24 can be occupied, while the resource elements 212_6, 212_9, 212_16 and 212_21 can be occupied by the resource element occupancy 133_1-133_4 indicated by the third jump pattern 131 of the third participant 106_3, etc. This leads to multiple occupancy of the resource elements 212_6, 212_9 and 212_19.

In other words, FIG. 60 shows a schematic illustration of resource elements 212_1-212_R and their assignment with partial data packets by five users 106_1-106_5. It can be seen from FIG. 60 that as the load increases, an increasingly high proportion of the resource elements 212_1-212_R is occupied, so that an unambiguous assignment of the occupied resource elements to the available jump patterns becomes more difficult. It is evident that when the resource elements 212_1-212_R in a resource frame 112 are fully occupied, it is no longer possible to draw conclusions about the active jump patterns if no further features (apart from the occupancy of the resource elements) can be used. The following Fig. 61 illustrates the problem.

In detail, FIG. 61 shows a schematic representation of the allocation of resource elements of the set 212 of usable resource elements 212_1-212_R shown in FIG. 60, which partially corresponds to an allocation of resource elements indicated by three inactive jump patterns 137, 139 and 141, which leads to avoidable false detections.

In other words, FIG. 61 shows a schematic illustration of resource elements 212_1-212_R and their allocation with partial data packets and of inactive jump patterns 137, 139 and 141. The situation is shown with a high load (five participants, as in Fig. 60). In addition to the five jump patterns of the active participants 106_1-106_5 in an upper part of FIG. 61, three unused (inactive) jump patterns 137, 139 and 141 are shown by way of example in a lower part of FIG. 61. If the occupancy of the resource elements 212_1-212_R is evaluated, it can be seen that two resource elements of the inactive jump pattern A 137 were also occupied, although this jump pattern 137 was not used for data transmission. For the inactive jump pattern C 141 there are even three matches (in the first three partial data packets), only the last of the four resource elements of the jump pattern C 141 is not occupied.

According to equation (23) in the above example the jump pattern metric for "jump pattern C" would be:

P ("jump pattern C") = B (9) + B (12) + B (16) + £ (22) (25)

Although no data was transmitted using jump pattern C 141, the associated jump pattern metric with the summands ß (9), ß (12) and ß (16) contains three expected large values, since these are actually occupied by jump patterns of other participants. A low value can only be expected for the transmission metric β (22), since no signal was transmitted in the associated resource element.

The following conclusions can be drawn from this example:

- As the load increases, the jump pattern metric of non-active (not sent) jump patterns increases systematically. A reliable demarcation between active and inactive jump patterns in the set of usable resource elements (e.g. resource frames) under consideration is therefore becoming increasingly difficult.

With a comparatively low load (e.g. significantly less than half of the resource elements 212_1-212_R are occupied), the position of the occupied resource elements tends to be of high relevance.

In the case of a comparatively high load (significantly more than half of the resource elements 212_1-212_R are occupied), the position of the unoccupied resource elements tends to be of high relevance. In contrast to conventional detection methods, there is an additional requirement when resource elements are allocated jointly due to different jump patterns, ie the presence of system-internal interference.

According to the additional requirement, it is not only necessary to detect whether a jump pattern was sent in a radio channel that was disturbed by noise, for example, but also to differentiate as reliably as possible the jump patterns used (active jump patterns) from the jump patterns that are not used (inactive jump patterns). This fact is illustrated in the following by simulation results.

Statistical evaluation of the jump pattern metrics

In the following, a TSMA-based communication system 102 (e.g. radio transmission system) with the following properties is considered for illustration

System and TSMA parameters:

R = 60 resource elements 212_1-212_R per resource frame 112;

J = 18 partial data packets per data packet, i.e. jump pattern length J = 18; and S = 120 different jump patterns available (in stock).

Modulation, channel and signal properties:

MSK modulation (MSK = minimum shift keying, dt. A type of frequency shift keying); Random frequency deviation of the transmission signal evenly distributed in the range of ± 5% of the transmission symbol rate;

- Random time offset of the transmission signal from the target position evenly distributed in the range of ± 3/8 symbol intervals;

Preamble of length 16 symbols (these are known to the recipient), all participants use the same preamble;

Channel with Rayleigh block fading, i.e. a random complex channel coefficient (complex baseband channel model) is determined according to a Rayleigh distribution for each partial data packet of a subscriber; there is time invariance of the channel within the preamble;

- Additive white noise (AWGN, additive white Gaussian noise); and no external interference.

Parameters of the communication system 102 are the mean E _s / No per subscriber and the number of active subscribers N per set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. per resource framework). The Monte Carlo method is used for the simulation. All hopping patterns, channel coefficients, frequency deviations and time offsets are determined pseudo-randomly for each set 112 of usable resource elements (for example each resource frame) in accordance with the statistical specifications. It is excluded in the simulation that active participants of a set 112 of usable resource elements (for example a resource frame) use the same jump pattern (full collision of two participants).

The transmission metrics B (r) are determined as described below.

Within the search range in time and frequency, which is determined by the maximum random frequency deviation and the maximum random time offset, the suitably processed and sampled received signal is correlated with the conjugate preamble sequence in each resource element. The amount is formed from this. This is followed by normalization to the root of the mean squares of the absolute values of the received signal samples. This procedure for calculating the transmission metrics is explained in detail in [13], for example.

For the simulation results shown below, the transmission metrics for each evaluated sampling phase were calculated as follows:

where x _{n is} the sample of the received signal belonging to the nth symbol of the synchronization sequence of length U and CDFT extends the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the associated received signal section multiplied by the conjugate synchronization sequence, possibly to increase the frequency resolution with a zero sequence.

From the R = 60 transmission metrics, the S = 120 jump pattern metrics are determined by a jump pattern-based combination (eg by addition) of J = 18 transmission metrics per jump pattern according to equation (23). For the case of N active participants (ie N sent jump patterns), N jump pattern metrics for active jump patterns and (SN) jump pattern metrics for inactive jump patterns are calculated. 62 shows in a diagram cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three participants for an E _s / N ₀ = 14 dB. In Fig. 62, a first curve 230 describes a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for one participant, a second curve 232 a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for three participants, a third curve 234 a cumulative distribution function of the Jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for three participants and a fourth curve 236 shows a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for one participant.

63 shows in a diagram cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three participants for an E _s / No = 4 dB. In Fig. 62, a first curve 230 describes a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for one participant, a second curve 232 a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for three participants, a third curve 234 a cumulative distribution function of the Jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for three participants and a fourth curve 236 shows a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for one participant.

In other words, Figs. 62 and 63 show the cumulative distribution function for active (used) and inactive (unused) jump patterns for different scenarios.

The relationship between the distribution functions shown and the likelihood of pretending and missing is as described below.

If a certain detection threshold T = T0 (reference number 240 in FIGS. 62 and 63) is selected, the miss probability corresponds directly to the value of the cumulative distribution function (ordinate) from which the curve for active jump patterns (curves 230 and 232) has the value T0 Detection threshold exceeds 240. In a similar way, the probability of pretense is determined from the curve for inactive jump patterns (curves 234 and 236). The value of the cumulative distribution function at which curve 234 or 236 for inactive jump patterns exceeds detection threshold T0 240 is read off. This ordinate value is subtracted from one (1) and this results in the probability of pretense. The probability of pretense relates to the number of inactive jump patterns, ie with S = 120 patterns and three active jump patterns 120 - 3 = 117 inactive jump patterns remain. A pretense probability of eg 10% corresponds to an average of 11.7 inactive jump patterns per set 112 of usable resource elements (eg per resource frame) which are above the detection threshold and are thus incorrectly detected as being used (active). The miss probability, on the other hand, relates to the number of active jump patterns (for example three in the examples shown in FIGS. 62 and 63).

Fig. 62 shows the cumulative distribution function of the active and inactive patterns for comparatively good reception conditions, i.e. Es / N0 = 14 dB. For a low load, i.e. one participant (curves 236 and 230), all jump pattern metrics of the inactive jump pattern are below the value 185, while all jump pattern metrics of the active jump pattern are above the value 230. The decision threshold T 240 according to equation (24) could therefore be selected in the range between 185 <T <230, with both the cheating and the missing probability being zero.

If, on the other hand, three participants are present in a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. in a resource frame) (curves 232 and 234 in FIG. 62), it is no longer possible to find a detection threshold 240 to which this applies. If a missed probability of less than 1% is sought, a detection threshold 240 of T = 230 would have to be selected. However, around 3% of the jump pattern metrics of the inactive jump patterns are above this detection threshold 240. This results in a corresponding pretense probability of 3%, which corresponds to an average of 3.5 simulated jump patterns (i.e. detected but not sent) jump patterns and thus participants with 117 unused jump patterns .

63 considers the case of poor reception conditions, ie for example for Es / N0 = 4 dB. It can be seen that, in the case of an active participant, the possible selection of a detection threshold T 240 is already restricted compared to FIG. 62. A value of 170 £ T <185 is acceptable here, in order to make both the fake and the miss probability practically disappear. It is noticeable that this area of an optimal detection threshold has practically no overlap with the area found for a subscriber in accordance with FIG. 62. The situation becomes even more critical for three participants (FIG. 63, curves 232 and 234). For a miss probability below 1%, a detection threshold 240 of T = 192 would have to be selected. However, only about 80% of the jump pattern metrics of the inactive jump patterns are below this value, which means a pretense probability of about 20% of 117 jump patterns or on average about 23 jump patterns. A number of 23 pretend participants with actually only three active participants does not represent a satisfactory detection result.

Two conclusions can be drawn from the simulation results.

Firstly, for the selected scenarios, which correspond to the practice-relevant operating points of a real transmission system, no satisfactory detection result is achieved according to the conventional detection method described above.

Second, no constant value can be found for the detection threshold (low probability of missing the game while at the same time having a low probability of being pretended to be false). It can be seen from the curves that the detection threshold 240 is to be selected differently (adaptively) depending on the scenario.

Embodiments

64 shows a schematic view of a synchronized communication system 102 with a data receiver 104 and a plurality of data transmitters 106_1-106_n according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

As can be seen in FIG. 64, a set 112 of usable resources with, for example, R = 64 resources 212_1-212_R, to which the data transmitters 106_1-106_n known from the data receiver 104, is available in the communication system 102 for the transmission of data Can access jump patterns.

In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 64, it is assumed by way of example that three of the subscribers 106_1-106_n access the set 112 of usable resources. For example, the set 112 of usable resources may be dictated by a channel access pattern, as described in Section A.

For example, a first participant 106_1 can access the set 112 of usable resources based on an occupancy 118_1 -118_4 of resources indicated by a first hop pattern 116, while a second participant 106_2 can access the set 112 of usable resources based on an occupancy 119_1-119_4 from Resources can access the set 112 of usable resources, and a third participant 106_3 based on an occupancy 133_1-133_4 of resources on the set 112 of usable resources indicated by a third hop pattern 131 which can lead to a double allocation of one or more resources of the set 112 of usable resources 212_1-212_R, as indicated in FIG. 64 due to the specified allocations 118J3 and 119_2 of the first and second jump patterns 116 and 117. The jump patterns can, for example, be derived from the same basic jump pattern as described in section C.

In order to detect one or more data transmissions in the set of usable resources, such as, for example, the data transmissions carried out by the three data transmitters 106_1-106_3 based on the three jump patterns 116, 117 and 118, the data receiver 104 is configured to for each of the resources 212_1-212_R of the set 212 of usable resources to determine a transfer metric, and to combine (eg add or sum) transfer metrics of those resources that can be accessed for transferring data based on one of the hopping patterns to form a hopping pattern metric and to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion.

According to the concept of the present invention, the data receiver 104 is configured here to limit the transmission metrics in terms of value (e.g. numerically) to an (e.g. positive and / or negative) upper (e.g. maximum) or lower (minimum) limit value before the combination ( e.g. clip).

For example, the data receiver can be configured to describe those transmission metrics that have a high probability (e.g. a probability greater than or equal to a predetermined probability value (e.g. 70% or 80% or 90%)) that the respective resource is used for the transmission of data was to be limited to the upper (e.g. with a positive value of the respective transmission metric) or lower (e.g. with a negative value of the respective transmission metric) limit value.

Detailed exemplary embodiments of the present invention are described in more detail below.

It is assumed here by way of example that the set of usable resources is a set of usable resource elements. Of course, the set of usable resources can also be a set of usable resource blocks, wherein the resource blocks can have one or more resource elements. The The following description is therefore equally applicable if a set of usable resource blocks is used for the transmission of data.

D.1 Clipping the jump pattern metrics before combining

As already stated, the transmission metric (e.g. burst metric) in the broader sense represents a measure of the probability that a resource element r of the set 112 of usable resource elements 212__1-212_R is occupied with a partial data packet. However, the transmission metric B (r) does not have to be an immediate estimate for this probability. Rather, it is sufficient if a probability can be derived from the transmission metric B (r) that the respective resource element was used to transmit data. For example, the transmission metric B (r) can describe a probability that the respective resource element was used to transmit data. Thus, smaller (larger) values of B (r) can be associated with a lower (greater) probability that the relevant resource element r is occupied. According to equation (23), the transmission metrics are then added according to the hopping patterns in order to obtain the hopping pattern metrics.

In contrast to conventional detection methods, the detection of a partial data packet that was sent with a jump pattern is not just about delimiting the jump pattern from noise (i.e. the absence of a signal), but also from all other permissible jump patterns. This applies to the case assumed in the exemplary embodiments that several jump patterns can access the same resource elements.

As was shown with reference to FIG. 61, with an increasing load, ie an increasing number of occupied resource elements, the jump pattern metrics of inactive (unused) jump patterns inevitably also increase. In the event of a high load, for example 75% or more of all available resource elements 212_1-212_R can be occupied with partial data packets, some of them also by several participants 106_1-106_n (with different jump patterns) at the same time. In such a scenario, the position of the unoccupied resource elements can be of higher information content than the positions of the occupied resource elements. Resource elements with very large transmission metrics (ie very “secure” occupancy) can have a correspondingly large influence on the jump pattern metrics due to the summation. This is where exemplary embodiments begin. In exemplary embodiments, large transmission metrics B (r) are limited to a maximum value β _max before they are combined (for example added as summands to the jump pattern metric). Mathematically, this means that the calculation of the jump pattern metric is modified as follows compared to equation (23):

Due to the formation of the minimum min (..), the individual summands cannot have a value greater than ß _max . The limitation of the transmission metrics clearly means that (depending on the choice of β _max ), for example, medium and large transmission metrics are limited to β _max and thus make the same contribution to the jump pattern metrics. A distinction is no longer made between a medium and high probability that a resource element is occupied. For values smaller than β _max , however, a distinction is still made between small and very small jump pattern metrics. If, for example, a resource element has a very small transmission metric, it is correspondingly unlikely that this resource element is part of an active jump pattern.

The effectiveness of this limitation is examined using the statistical evaluation example introduced above. _{A value of β max} = 11 was assumed for the following simulation results.

65 shows in a diagram cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three subscribers for an E _s / No = 14 dB, the transmission metrics used for calculating the jump pattern metrics before the combination in terms of value were limited. In Fig. 65, a first curve 230 describes a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for one participant, a second curve 232 a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for three participants, a third curve 234 a cumulative distribution function of the Jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for three participants and a fourth curve 236 shows a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for one participant.

66 shows in a diagram cumulative distribution functions of jump pattern metrics of active and inactive jump patterns for one and three subscribers for an E _s / No = 4 dB, the transmission metrics used for calculating the jump pattern metrics before the combination in terms of value were limited. Describes 66 a first curve 230 shows a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for one participant, a second curve 232 shows a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of active jump patterns for three participants, a third curve 234 a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern Metrics of inactive jump patterns for three participants and a fourth curve 236 a cumulative distribution function of the jump pattern metrics of inactive jump patterns for one participant.

In other words, FIG. 65 shows cumulative distribution functions of the hop pattern metrics with limitation of the transmission metrics to B _max = 11 for one subscriber and for three subscribers, each for E _s / N ₀ = 14 dB, FIG. 66 cumulative Distribution functions of the jump pattern metrics with limitation of the transmission metrics to B _max = 11 for one participant and for three participants, each for E _s / No = 4 dB.

The curves 230-236 shown in FIGS. 65 and 66 correspond directly to those from FIGS. 62 and 63, except for the limitation of the transmission metrics according to exemplary embodiments to β _{max = 11, for example.}

In comparison to curves 230-236 of FIGS. 62 and 63, it can be seen that the distance between curves 236 and 234 for inactive jump patterns and curves 232 and 230 for active jump patterns has increased, which makes it easier to distinguish between inactive and active jump patterns corresponds to. For example, for three active participants and an E _s / No = 4 dB in FIG. 63, a probability of pretense of approx. 20% was determined. With a limitation of the transmission metrics to B _max = 11 according to FIG. 66, this now drops to approximately 10%, which corresponds to a halving. Even with comparatively good reception conditions (E _s / N ₀ = 14 dB), optimal detection was not possible with three participants according to FIG. 62. A pretense probability of 3% remained. 65 shows that with a suitable selection of the detection threshold 240, an almost optimal detection (probability of pretense <1%) is now possible for the selected scenario.

The choice of an appropriate transmission metric is not part of the present invention. In the exemplary embodiment, a transmission metric is used which is based (within a search area) on the correlation of the received signal with the conjugate transmitted preamble sequence. This is followed by normalization to the root of the mean squares of the absolute values of the received signal samples. Embodiments have also been successfully verified for other suitable transmission metrics, such as the use of an estimated signal-to-noise ratio (SNRest) in the preamble area, ie B (r) = SNR _est (r). Exemplary embodiments can also be used advantageously for derivatives thereof, for example B (r) =.

In exemplary embodiments, transmission metrics can be clipped to a maximum value before they are combined (e.g. addition).

In the exemplary embodiments described above, the transmission metrics were limited to an upper maximum value B _max . Of course, in exemplary embodiments, the transmission metrics can also be limited to a lower minimum value B _min , for example if a sign of the transmission metrics is inverted.

D.2 Adaptive load-dependent detection threshold

From the cumulative distribution functions of the jump pattern metrics, such as in FIGS. 62 and 63 (without limitation of the transmission metrics) as well as FIGS. 65 and 66 (with limitation of the transmission metrics), it can be seen that a fixed threshold T 240 is unsatisfactory Detection results leads. As already shown above, as the utilization of the communication system 102 increases (i.e. the number of simultaneously active subscribers 106_1-106_n), a higher threshold 240 is to be set in order, for example, to achieve a predetermined, maximum probability of missing persons.

In exemplary embodiments, an adaptive threshold T 240 is therefore selected as a function of the utilization of the communication system.

In the following, it is assumed that the data receiver 104 does not know a priori the number of participants in a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. in a resource frame). In this case, the adaptive adjustment of the threshold can be based on two steps.

A first step comprises an estimation of the utilization L of the set 112 of usable resource elements to be processed (for example the resource framework). A second step comprises the selection of a detection threshold T 240 as a function of the estimated utilization L of the set 112 of usable resource elements to be processed, ie 7 = f (L), where f (..) is a suitable mapping function.

Exemplary embodiments of these two steps are described below.

Step 1: Estimation of the utilization L

In principle, different metrics come into consideration for estimating the utilization of a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource framework), e.g.

a number of active participants N in a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame); a number of the partial data packets (e.g. bursts) sent in total in a set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame) (several partial data packets in each case can collide in a resource element); and a number of actually used resource elements.

For one embodiment, the estimated relative number of actually occupied resource elements of a set of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource framework) is selected as the metric of the utilization L, i.e. L = Z / R, where Z is the estimated number of actually occupied resource elements and R is the number the resource elements of the set 112 of usable resource elements (eg in the resource frame under consideration). It should be noted that due to multiple allocation of resource elements by different active participants, there is usually a non-linear relationship between the number of participants (N) or the proportional number of transmitted partial data packets (e.g. bursts) (N-J) and L.

In order to estimate the number Z of actually occupied resource elements, the transmission metrics B (r) of the set 112 of usable resource elements (for example the resource frame) are evaluated in the exemplary embodiment. As explained above, the transmission metric has a (monotonic) relationship with the probability that a resource element is occupied. A suitable, fixed transmission metric threshold B _thr is therefore established. If the transmission metric of a resource element exceeds this threshold, this resource element is counted as "occupied". In mathematical form it results for Z

and thus for the estimated utilization L of a set 112 of usable resource elements (for example a resource framework)

L = Z / R (29)

The choice of a suitable transmission metric threshold B _thr depends on the selected transmission metric and is not part of the present invention. The choice is to be made in such a way that as few as possible actually occupied resource elements are incorrectly qualified as unoccupied and, conversely, as few as possible actually unoccupied resource elements are incorrectly classified as occupied.

67 shows a diagram of a histogram of the transmission metrics for a selected example (N = 1 active subscriber, R = 60 resource elements per set 112 of usable resource elements, J = 18 partial data packets, E _s / No = 14 dB ).

The histogram for all (used and unused) resource elements is shown in red, while the histogram is only shown for the actually unused resource elements in blue. It turns out that in the example shown, a transmission metric threshold B _th »10 leads to a good separation between used and unused resource elements. _{Slightly lower values of B th} »9 are suitable for poorer reception signal qualities (eg E _s / No = 4 dB).

In exemplary embodiments, the utilization L (of the set of usable resource elements) is estimated by evaluating how many transmission metrics in a set of usable resource elements (eg a resource frame) are greater than a transmission metric threshold B _thr .

In exemplary embodiments, if the utilization of the set of usable resource elements in a communication system 102 (number of simultaneously active participants) correlates from a set of usable resource elements of a time period to a set of usable resource elements of a following / preceding time period (e.g. from resource frame to resource frame) , so there is no statistical independence of the load from time segment (eg frame) to time segment (eg frame), the accuracy of the load estimation can be improved by for the Load estimation of the currently considered set of usable resource elements (eg resource frame) with index f the load estimates of past sets of usable resource elements (eg past resource framework) f-1, f-2, ... are included. This can be done in accordance with common methods, such as a moving average, a weighted moving average, exponential smoothing or other comparable methods.

Step 2: Selection of a detection threshold T

On the basis of the above-determined estimated value for the utilization L of a set of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame), the detection threshold T which is to be used for this set 112 of usable resource elements is determined in a second method step. According to exemplary embodiments, the detection threshold T is thus a function of the utilization L, i.e. 7 = f (L).

The function can be selected in such a way that a desired combination of cheating and missing probability is achieved for different operating points of the communication system 102 (both for low and for high load and for different received signal quality). Ideally, both values are zero, but this cannot be achieved in some scenarios.

As has been shown above with the aid of the cumulative distribution functions, the detection threshold T for low load and good signal quality can lie within a comparatively large range in which both the likelihood of faking as well as the likelihood of missing the signal disappear equally. For less favorable operating points, e.g. average load and / or average signal quality, this range becomes smaller or may be reduced to a value. For very unfavorable operating points (high load and / or very poor signal quality), there may no longer be a detection threshold for which both the fake and the miss probability disappear. Due to the nature of the system, it is only possible to find the best possible compromise (tradeoff) between these two parameters, which is based on the system requirements (e.g. transmission security, available signal processing resources, energy consumption).

Due to the large number of possible operating points and system parameters, it is not possible to specify a universally optimal function 7 = f (L). However, features can be defined which have such a function. This includes a lower limit for the Detection threshold, an upper limit for the detection threshold, and / or a monotonically increasing function.

In exemplary embodiments, a lower limit can be set for the detection threshold which is not undershot even with a very low estimated load, ie

for all possible values of L. T _{min it} can be chosen, for example, that a miss probability of zero occurs for all possible scenarios. A lower value of the detection threshold than T _max would therefore not bring any further advantage, but would possibly increase the probability of deception.

In exemplary embodiments, an upper limit can be set for the detection threshold that is not exceeded even with a very high estimated load, ie f (L) <T _max for all possible values of L. T _max can be selected, for example, so that for all possible Scenarios a false probability of zero occurs. A higher value of the detection threshold than T _max would therefore not bring any further advantage, but would increase the probability of a miss.

In exemplary embodiments, the function 7 = f (Z_) can be monotonically increasing, ie f (/ _ i)> f (L ₂ ) for all Li> L ₂ . Strict monotony is not required, but is possible.

68 shows in a diagram a profile of a detection threshold T described by a function defined in sections, according to a first

Embodiment. The ordinate describes the detection threshold T and the abscissa the estimated utilization L.

The function shown in FIG. 68 relates to the example introduced above with regard to the transmission metric and the selected system configuration with R = 60 resource elements and J = 18 partial data packets.

The function shown in Fig. 68 can be described mathematically as follows:

The following values were used as examples for the parameters: The associated load estimate L is based on B

The previous exemplary embodiment relates to a continuous function that is defined in sections. This is comparatively inexpensive to implement. Further exemplary embodiments are based on sigmoid functions, the value range of which is limited and which therefore meet the requirements. Based on an embodiment

on a sigmoid function is shown schematically in FIG. 69.

In detail, FIG. 69 shows in a diagram a profile of a detection threshold T described by a sigmoid function T = f (L), according to a second exemplary embodiment. The ordinate describes the detection threshold T and the abscissa the estimated utilization L.

The class of sigmoid functions includes functions such as arctan (x), tanh (x), erf (x),

etc. By suitable scaling and shifting, sigmoid functions can be adapted in such a way that their value range lies between.

In embodiments, the detection threshold can of course also be defined by other functions, such as, for example, by functions that are not point-symmetrical.

In exemplary embodiments, an adaptive detection threshold T for the jump pattern metric can be selected as a function of the utilization L of a set of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame).

In exemplary embodiments, a sigmoid-like function can be selected which maps the estimated utilization L to a detection threshold T.

In exemplary embodiments, a lower and / or an upper limit of the value range of this function can be set either by an inherently limited function (e.g. a function from the class of sigmoid functions) or by an explicit limitation (e.g. by a function defined in sections as in Fig. 68).

D.3 List-based detection

The exemplary embodiments described above are based on the comparison of the jump pattern metrics with a (fixed or adaptive) detection threshold T. The number the detected jump pattern is dynamic and can vary from a set of usable resource elements of a time segment to a set of usable resource elements of a following / preceding time segment (eg from resource frame to resource frame).

The exemplary embodiments described below are based on accepting the K hopping patterns with the best hopping pattern metrics as being sent. So no detection threshold T is specified, but a number of K jump patterns that are regarded as “detected” and are sent to the decoder as hypotheses for further processing. The jump pattern metrics can, for example, be sorted according to their size and the jump patterns with the K largest jump pattern metrics can be selected as detected.

The advantage of this approach is that the computing load required for detection and decoding in the receiver can be controlled by specifying K. If, for example, differently powerful hardware is used in different receivers, the same software can be used and only the parameter K can be adapted to the available computing resources.

The larger the value of K is chosen, the lower the probability of a miss. This is shown in FIG. 70 using an example.

In detail, FIG. 70 shows in a diagram a miss probability as a function of K using the example of three active participants for a variation of the parameter K between K = 3 and K = 6. The ordinate describes the miss probability in percent and the abscissa E _s / N ₀ in dB.

As expected, the miss probability decreases significantly with increasing K. It should be noted, however, that for K = 5 and N = 3, for example, in each set 112 of usable resource elements (e.g. in each resource frame), K-N = 2 patterns are detected which were not sent.

Further exemplary embodiments are described below.

Fixed K In exemplary embodiments, K can be a fixed value, independent of the respective received signal or features derived therefrom (such as transmission metrics, for example). As a hypothesis, K jump patterns can be regarded as detected and the corresponding information can be passed on to the decoder. This decodes the corresponding data packets for each of the K hypotheses. On the basis of a suitable criterion (eg checksum, CRC), a decision is made after the decoding whether it was a valid data packet.

Adaptive K

In exemplary embodiments, the value of K can be selected adaptively (for example by means of an estimator) as a function of features of the received signal. The value of K can therefore vary from a set of usable resource elements of a time segment to a set of usable resource elements of a following / preceding time segment (for example from resource frame to resource frame). The value of K may, for example, identical to the estimated number of active subscribers N _est selected, ie K = _{N, it} may, however, for a reduction in the Verpasserwahrscheinlichkeit also aware of a larger value for K can be chosen, K> N _esi ie. The estimate of the number of active participants can for example be based on the load estimate described above.

K as the minimum number of detected patterns (combination with jump pattern metric threshold)

First of all, a detection threshold T can be selected based on one of the exemplary embodiments described above. If the number of detected jump patterns in a set of usable resource elements (e.g. a resource frame), whose jump pattern metrics are above the detection threshold T, is less than the selected K, then in exemplary embodiments a total of K jump patterns are detected as sent (although in this case one or more jump pattern metrics are below the detection threshold T). In this case, the parameter K represents a lower limit for the number of jump patterns detected.

In exemplary embodiments, K hop patterns with the best hop pattern metrics can be assumed to be sent (detected). Jump patterns incorrectly detected in this way are recognized in the decoder by incorrect checksums. In exemplary embodiments, a fixed K can be selected when a fixed computing load is specified.

In exemplary embodiments, the K can be adapted adaptively as a function of the estimated number of active participants. In particular, K can be chosen to be greater than the estimated number of participants.

In exemplary embodiments, a minimum K can be selected if fewer than K participants exceed the detection threshold of the jump pattern metric.

E. Further exemplary embodiments

71 shows a flowchart of a method 500 for receiving data in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, a set of usable resources in the communication system for the transmission of data is available, can be accessed on the basis of the data receiver known jump patterns, the jump patterns each indicating a time and / or frequency jump-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources. The method 500 includes a step 502 of determining a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set of usable resources. The method 500 further comprises a step 504 of combining the transmission metrics of those resources which can be accessed for the transmission of data based on a jump pattern of the jump patterns in order to obtain a jump pattern metric. The method 500 further comprises a step 506 of detecting a transmission of data if the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the transmission metrics being limited in value to an upper or lower limit value before the combination.

Embodiments create a more powerful detection of data packets or messages (eg RACH message) that are transmitted in the form of partial data packets in synchronized radio systems in which a plurality of participants for the transmission of the partial data packets to jointly available resources access individual, usually different jump patterns. The jump patterns selected individually by the transmitting participants are not known to the recipient in advance and can partially overlap in the resources used, ie Resources can be occupied at the same time by partial data packets from several participants (intra-system interference).

The efficiency of the detection is expressed in the fact that, given a given probability of a miss, a lower probability of being pretended to be achieved than conventionally, or, given a probability of being pretended to be, a lower probability of being missed than is conventionally achieved. This means that the detection in the receiver provides more reliable information about which jump patterns are used for the transmission of partial data packets in the time / frequency resources considered (e.g. resource frame), so that the subsequent processing steps in the receiver (e.g. demodulation, decoding) can be used efficiently.

A lower likelihood of false pretenses (i.e. fewer data packets that have not been sent are incorrectly recognized as being sent) therefore saves signal processing resources in the receiver and thus saves energy compared to conventional solutions. A lower probability of missed data (i.e. fewer data packets sent are incorrectly not recognized) leads to an increase in transmission security. Both effects can also be achieved at the same time.

Exemplary embodiments are used in a communication system (or radio system) for the radio transmission of data from terminals to a base station or from one or more base stations to terminals. For example, the communication system can be a personal area network (PAN) or a low power wide area network (LPWAN) or a cellular radio system based on the 3GPP cellular standard. The end devices can be, for example, battery-operated sensors (e.g. sensor nodes) or battery-operated mobile radio devices.

Embodiments relate to applications in which a message (for example one or more data packets or synchronization information) is transmitted in a communication system (or radio network) in a plurality of (partial) data packets. The method is particularly suitable for transmission according to the so-called telegram splitting process (Telegram Splitting, eg [1]). In exemplary embodiments, a radio system that is synchronized in terms of time and frequency is assumed. Embodiments of the present invention relate to the detection of data (for example data packets) in communication systems (for example radio transmission systems), wherein

^{• there is} a communication system that is synchronized in terms of time and frequency,

• there is a supply of discrete, known transmission resources, e.g. in a resource frame,

• Data (e.g. a RACH message or a (user) data packet) for transmission are divided into several partial data packets and these are assigned to the available resources according to a jump pattern,

• there is a stock of jump patterns, from which a participant himself selects one,

• The recipient does not know which subscribers are active in a set of usable resources and which jump patterns they use for transmission.

As already mentioned, the exemplary embodiments described here can be used to transmit data based on the telegram splitting method between the participants in the communication system. In the telegram splitting process, data, such as a telegram or data packet, are split into a plurality of sub-data packets (or partial data packets, or partial packets) and the sub-data packets are divided into time and / or frequency hopping patterns using a time and / or frequency hopping pattern. or distributed in frequency from one subscriber to another subscriber (e.g. from the base station to the end point, or from the end point to the base station) of the communication system, the subscriber who receives the sub-data packets reassembling (or combining) them in order to to receive the data package. Each of the sub-data packets contains only part of the data packet. The data packet can also be channel-coded, so that not all sub-data packets, but rather only some of the sub-data packets, are required for error-free decoding of the data packet.

When transmitting data based on the telegram splitting method, the sub-data packets can be transmitted in a distributed manner in a subset (eg a selection) of the available resources of the network-specific channel access pattern. In detail, the sub-data packets can be transmitted based on the relative channel access pattern, ie in the resources of the relative channel access pattern. For example, a sub-data packet can be transmitted per resource. In the following, further exemplary embodiments are described which can be used alone or in combination with the exemplary embodiments described herein.

Further embodiments provide a base station of a communication system, the communication system operating in a frequency band [e.g. a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; e.g. ISM Band], which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the base station being adapted to transmit a signal [e.g. a beacon signal], the signal comprising information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern being a frequency- and / or time-hop-based occupancy that can be used for the communication of the communication system [e.g. of resources] of the frequency band [e.g. a time sequence of frequency resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system (e.g. distributed over the frequency band)], the information indicating a status of a number sequence generator [e.g. a periodic number sequence generator or a deterministic random number generator] for generating a number sequence or where the information is a number [e.g. a time slot index and / or a beacon index] a sequence of numbers [e.g. a periodic time slot index sequence and / or periodic beacon index sequence], the sequence of numbers determining the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the channel access pattern can differ from another channel access pattern based on which at least one other communication system of the plurality of other communication systems accesses the frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station can be designed to work in an uncoordinated manner with the other communication systems.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station can be designed to communicate with a subscriber in the communication system using the resources determined by the channel access pattern or a subset thereof.

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to transmit the signal with the information about the channel access pattern several times [e.g. periodically], the information about the channel access pattern transmitted with successive transmissions of the signal differing [e.g. consecutive or immediately Describing successive] states of the number sequence generator or different numbers of the number sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, the information transmitted with the transmission of the signal can only describe a subset of the states of the number sequence generator or the numbers of the number sequence [e.g. only every nth state or every nth index number are transmitted, where n is a natural number greater than or equal to two].

In embodiments, the information about the channel access pattern may include the state of the number sequence generator or information derived therefrom [e.g. be part of the state of the number sequence generator (e.g. LSBs of the state of the number sequence generator)].

In embodiments, the information about the channel access pattern may be the number of the sequence of numbers or information derived therefrom [e.g. part of the number of the number sequence (e.g. LSBs of the number of the number sequence)].

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to

To determine channel access patterns as a function of the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator.

In embodiments, based on the state of the number sequence generator, the state of the number sequence generator [e.g. directly] the following states of the number sequence generator can be determined, wherein the base station can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of the following states of the number sequence generator or the following numbers of the number sequence derived therefrom.

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to use the channel access pattern as a function of individual information from the

Communication system [e.g. an immanent information of the communication system, such as a network-specific identifier].

In exemplary embodiments, the individual information in the communication system can be inherent information in the communication system. In embodiments, the intrinsic information of the communication system can be a network-specific identifier.

In exemplary embodiments, the network-specific identifier can be an identification of the communication system.

In embodiments, the base station is designed to map the state of the number sequence generator, or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and the individual information of the communication system using a mapping function on time information and frequency information, wherein the time information and the frequency information describe a resource of the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the time information can describe a time slot or a time slot index.

In exemplary embodiments, the mapping function can take into account an activity rate of the communication system when mapping onto the time information, the activity rate being established before execution or the signal or another signal sent by the base station having information about the activity rate.

In exemplary embodiments, the mapping function can be used when mapping onto the

Time information take into account different activity rates of the communication system, so that the channel access pattern has areas of different activity rates, the signal or the further signal having information about the activity rates.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station can be designed to dynamically adapt the activity rate as a function of a current or predicted load situation of the communication system.

Time information a predetermined minimum distance [eg from one or more Adhere to time slots or time slot indexes] between [eg immediately] successive time slots or time slot indexes of the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the frequency information can describe a frequency channel or a frequency channel index.

In embodiments, the frequency information may be a distance between [e.g. directly] successive frequency channels or frequency channel indexes of the channel access pattern describe.

Frequency information a predetermined minimum distance between [e.g. immediately] adhere to successive frequency channels or frequency channel indexes of the channel access pattern.

Frequency information take into account a frequency channel that is susceptible to interference or a range of frequency channels susceptible to interference in the frequency band, so that the frequency channel or the range of frequency channels susceptible to interference is not or less occupied by the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the frequency information can describe a bundling of frequency resources of the frequency band, which comprises at least two immediately adjacent or spaced apart frequency channels or frequency channel indices.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station can be designed to determine a pseudo-random number R as a function of the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and individual information from the communication system, the pseudo-random number R determines the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to determine a resource [eg frequency channel and / or time slot, or frequency channel index and / or time slot index] of the channel access pattern based on the pseudo-random number R. In embodiments, the signal can be a beacon signal.

In embodiments, the number sequence generator can be a periodic number sequence generator for generating a periodic number sequence.

In embodiments, the number sequence generator can be a deterministic random number generator for generating a pseudo-random number sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, the state of the number sequence generator can be a periodic beacon index and / or a periodic time slot index.

In exemplary embodiments, a number derived from the state of the number sequence generator can be a periodic beacon index and / or a periodic time slot index.

In exemplary embodiments, the number of the sequence of numbers can be a periodic beacon index and / or a periodic time slot index.

In exemplary embodiments, an occupancy of the frequency band defined by the channel access pattern can at least partially overlap an occupancy of the frequency band by another communication system.

Further exemplary embodiments create an end point of a communication system, wherein the communication system operates in a frequency band [eg a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; eg ISM Band], which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the end point being designed to receive a signal [eg a beacon signal], the signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern indicates a frequency and / or time-hop-based allocation [e.g. of resources] of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system [e.g. a time sequence of frequency resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system (e.g. distributed over the frequency band)], the end point being designed, to determine the channel access pattern based on the information about the channel access pattern, the information describing a state of a number sequence generator [eg a periodic number sequence generator or a deterministic random number generator] for generating a number sequence or wherein the information describes a number [e.g. a time slot index and / or a beacon index] one Describes a sequence of numbers [for example a periodic time slot index sequence and / or a periodic beacon index sequence], the sequence of numbers determining the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point can be designed to work in an uncoordinated manner with the other communication systems.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point can be designed to communicate with a subscriber in the communication system using the resources determined by the channel access pattern or a subset thereof.

In embodiments, the endpoint can be configured to multiply the signal with the information about the channel access pattern [e.g. periodically or sporadically], the information transmitted with successive transmissions of the signal about the channel access pattern differing [e.g. successive or immediately successive] states of the number sequence generator or different numbers of the number sequence, wherein the end point can be designed to generate the channel access pattern based on the information about the channel access pattern [e.g. based on the different states of the number sequence generator or the different numbers of the number sequence].

In exemplary embodiments, the information transmitted with the transmission of the signal can only describe a subset of the states of the number sequence generator or the numbers of the number sequence [e.g. only every nth state or every nth index number is transmitted, where n is a natural number greater than or equal to two].

In exemplary embodiments, the information about the channel access pattern can be the state of the number sequence generator or information derived therefrom [eg part of the state of the number sequence generator (eg LSBs of the state of the number sequence generator)]. In exemplary embodiments, the information about the channel access pattern can be the number of the number sequence or information derived therefrom [for example part of the number of the number sequence (for example LSBs of the number of the number sequence)].

In embodiments, the end point can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator.

In embodiments, based on the state of the number sequence generator, the state of the number sequence generator [e.g. directly] the following states of the number sequence generator can be determined, wherein the end point can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of the following states of the number sequence generator or the following numbers of the number sequence derived therefrom.

In exemplary embodiments, the endpoint can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of individual information from the communication system [e.g. an immanent information of the communication system, such as a network-specific identifier].

In exemplary embodiments, the individual information in the communication system can be inherent information in the communication system.

In embodiments, the intrinsic information of the communication system can be a network-specific identifier.

In embodiments, the end point can be designed to map the state of the number sequence generator, or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and the individual information of the communication system using a mapping function on time information and frequency information, wherein the time information and the frequency information describe a resource of the channel access pattern. In exemplary embodiments, the time information can describe a time slot or a time slot index.

Time information take into account an activity rate of the communication system, wherein the activity rate is determined before execution or wherein the signal or another received signal has information about the activity rate.

In exemplary embodiments, the signal can contain information about the activity rates of the communication system.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point can be designed to receive a further signal, the further signal having information about the activity rates of the communication system.

In embodiments, the mapping function can have a predetermined minimum distance [e.g. of one or more time slots or time slot indexes] between [e.g. immediately] adhere to successive time slots or time slot indexes of the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the mapping function when mapping onto the frequency information can have a predetermined minimum distance between [eg directly] adhere to successive frequency channels or frequency channel indexes of the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the mapping function can take into account a frequency channel or a range of frequency channels susceptible to interference in the frequency band when mapping onto the frequency information, so that the frequency channel or the range of frequency channels susceptible to interference is not or less occupied by the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the frequency information can describe at least two directly adjacent or spaced apart frequency channels or frequency channel indices.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point can be designed to determine a pseudo-random number R as a function of the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and individual information from the communication system, the pseudo-random number R determines the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the endpoint may be configured to identify a resource [e.g. Frequency channel and / or time slot, or frequency channel index and / or time slot index] of the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the signal can be a beacon signal.

In exemplary embodiments, the state of the number sequence generator can be a periodic beacon index and / or a periodic time slot index. In exemplary embodiments, a number derived from the state of the number sequence generator can be a periodic beacon index and / or a periodic time slot index.

Further exemplary embodiments create a communication system with one of the base stations described above and at least one of the end points described above.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for operating a base station of a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of sending a signal, the signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency and / or time-hopping-based occupancy of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system, the information indicating a state of a number sequence generator for generation describes a sequence of numbers or wherein the information describes a number of a sequence of numbers, the sequence of numbers determining the channel access pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for operating an end point of a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of receiving a signal, the signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency-based and / or time-hop-based occupancy of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system. The method further comprises a step of determining the channel access pattern based on the information about the channel access pattern, the information describing a state of a number sequence generator for generating a number sequence or wherein the information describes a number of a number sequence, the number sequence determining the channel access pattern. Further exemplary embodiments provide a controller for a subscriber in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the controller being designed to determine a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern being one for communication of the communication system specifies frequency and / or time hop-based occupancy of the frequency band, the controller being designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of a state of a number sequence generator for generating a number sequence or a number of a number sequence.

In embodiments, the controller can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator.

In embodiments, based on the state of the number sequence generator, the state of the number sequence generator [e.g. directly] the following states of the number sequence generator can be determined, wherein the controller can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of the following states of the number sequence generator or the following numbers of the number sequence derived therefrom.

In exemplary embodiments, the controller can be designed to determine the channel access pattern as a function of individual information from the communication system [e.g. an immanent information of the communication system, such as a network-specific identifier].

In embodiments, the controller can be designed to map the state of the number sequence generator, or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and the individual information of the communication system using a mapping function on time information and frequency information, wherein the time information and the frequency information describe a resource of the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the controller can be configured to be dependent on the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and individual information from the communication system to determine a pseudo-random number R, the pseudo-random number R determining the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the controller can be configured to determine a resource [e.g. Frequency channel and / or time slot, or frequency channel index and / or time slot index] of the channel access pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments provide a method for generating a channel access pattern. The method comprises a step of generating the channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency and / or time hop-based occupancy of the frequency band that can be used for communication in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication , wherein the channel access pattern is generated as a function of a state of a number sequence generator for generating a number sequence or a number of a number sequence.

Further embodiments provide a communication system, the communication system being adapted to operate in a frequency band [e.g. a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; e.g. ISM band], which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, to communicate wirelessly, the communication system being adapted to use different frequencies or frequency channels of the frequency band [e.g. into which the frequency band is divided] in sections [e.g. time slot wise] for communication, regardless of whether they are used by another communication system, the channel access pattern being different from another channel access pattern based on which at least one other communication system of the plurality of other communication systems accesses the frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, the channel access pattern can indicate a frequency and / or time hop-based occupancy [eg of resources] of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system [eg a time sequence of for the Communication of the communication system usable frequency resources (for example distributed over the frequency band)].

In exemplary embodiments, the communication system can be designed to communicate in an uncoordinated manner with the other communication systems in the frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, the communication system can be designed to determine the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the channel access pattern may vary from an individual [e.g. immanent] information of the communication system.

In exemplary embodiments, the channel access pattern and the other channel access pattern can overlap in less than 20% of the resources defined therein.

In exemplary embodiments, subscribers of the communication system can transmit data to one another based on the channel access pattern in sections in the different channels of the frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, a reception bandwidth of subscribers in the communication system can be narrower than a bandwidth of the frequency band.

Further exemplary embodiments provide a method for operating a communication system, the communication system being operated in a frequency band [for example a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; eg ISM Band] communicates wirelessly, which is used by a number of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of transmitting data between subscribers of the communication system based on a channel access pattern in sections in different channels of the frequency band, regardless of whether these or a subset thereof are used by other communication systems, the channel access pattern being different from another channel access pattern based on the at least another communication system of the plurality of other communication systems accesses the frequency band differs. Further exemplary embodiments provide a communication arrangement with a first communication system and a second communication system, the first communication system and the second communication system being designed to operate in the same frequency band [eg a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; eg ISM band] [eg which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication] to communicate wirelessly, the first communication system being designed to use a first channel access pattern to divide different channels of the frequency band [eg into which the frequency band is divided] in sections [eg time slot wise] for communication, regardless of whether these or a subset thereof are used by another communication system, the second communication system being designed to use a second channel access pattern to sectionally divide different channels of the frequency band [eg into which the frequency band is divided] [eg time-slot-wise] for communication, regardless of whether these or a subset thereof are used by another communication system, the first channel access pattern and the second channel access pattern being different.

In exemplary embodiments, the first communication system and the second communication system cannot be coordinated with one another.

In embodiments, subscribers of the first communication system can transmit data to one another based on the first channel access pattern in sections in the different channels of the frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, subscribers of the second communication system can transmit data to one another based on the second channel access pattern in sections in the different channels of the frequency band.

In exemplary embodiments, the first communication system and the second communication system cannot communicate with one another.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for operating two communication systems in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for wireless communication. The method comprises a step of transmitting data between subscribers of the first communication system based on a first channel access pattern in sections in different channels of the frequency band, regardless of whether this or one Subset of these can be used by other communication systems. The method further comprises a step of transmitting data between subscribers of the second communication system based on a second channel access pattern in sections in different channels of the frequency band, regardless of whether these or a subset thereof are used by other communication systems, the first channel access pattern and the second channel access pattern being different are.

Further embodiments provide an endpoint of a communication system, wherein the communication system operates in a frequency band [e.g. a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; e.g. ISM Band], which is used by a plurality of communication systems to communicate, the endpoint being adapted to receive a signal [e.g. a beacon signal], the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern specifying a frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band which can be used for the communication of the communication system [e.g. a time sequence of frequency resources usable for the communication of the communication system (e.g. distributed over the frequency band)], the endpoint being designed to transmit data using a relative channel access pattern [e.g. to send or receive], the relative channel access pattern indicating an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern [e.g. specifies the relative channel access pattern which of the resources released or usable by the network-specific channel access pattern for the communication of the communication system are actually to be used for the transmission of data by the end point].

In exemplary embodiments, the allocation of resources of the relative channel access pattern to be used for the transmission can be a subset of the usable frequency- and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern [e.g. wherein the relative channel access pattern has only a subset of the resources of the network-specific channel access pattern].

In exemplary embodiments, the relative channel access pattern can differ from another relative channel access pattern based on which another subscriber [eg endpoint and / or base station; eg base station to another subscriber] des Communication system transmits data [e.g. sends and / or receives], with the other relative channel access pattern specifying an allocation of resources to be used for transmission by the other participant from the usable frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the network-specific channel access pattern can use the frequency and / or time hopping-based allocation of resources of the frequency band in frequency channels [e.g. into which the frequency band is divided] and specify assigned time slots or in frequency channel indices and assigned time slot indices.

In embodiments, the network-specific channel access pattern in frequency direction [e.g. per time slot or time slot index] a plurality of adjacent or spaced apart resources [e.g. Frequency channels or frequency channel indices] of the frequency band.

In embodiments, the relative channel access pattern in the frequency direction can be at most a subset [e.g. specify at most one resource, i.e. one or no resource] of the plurality of neighboring or spaced-apart resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the relative channel access pattern may be used for at least one time hop [e.g. for at least one time slot or time slot index] in the frequency direction specify a different resource of the plurality of adjacent or spaced-apart resources of the network-specific channel access pattern than a different relative channel access pattern based on which another subscriber [e.g. Endpoint and / or base station; e.g. base station to another subscriber] of the communication system transmits data [e.g. sends and / or receives], the other relative channel access pattern indicating an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission by the other subscriber from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In embodiments, at least two resources [eg frequency channels or frequency channel indices] of the plurality of adjacent or spaced apart resources Resources can be assigned different symbol rates and / or different numbers of symbols in the frequency direction.

In embodiments, the plurality of contiguous resources in the frequency direction may be one block [e.g. Form cluster] of contiguous resources, with different parts of the block of contiguous resources being assigned different symbol rates and / or different numbers of symbols.

In embodiments, the endpoint can be configured to derive the relative channel access pattern from a set [e.g. Supply] of M relative channel access patterns, the M relative channel access patterns indicating an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern, the M relative channel access patterns being different [e.g. differ in at least the occupancy of a resource].

In embodiments, the end point can be designed to the relative

Randomly select channel access patterns from the set of M relative channel access patterns.

In embodiments, the end point can be designed to the relative

Select channel access patterns based on an intrinsic parameter from the set of M relative channel access patterns.

In embodiments, the intrinsic parameter can be a digital signature of the telegram [z. B. CMAC (One-key MAC)] or a code word for the detection of transmission errors [e.g. B. a CRC].

In embodiments, the end point can be designed to the relative

Select channel access patterns depending on the requirements of the data to be transmitted in terms of transmission properties [e.g. latency, or robustness against interference] from a set of relative channel access patterns with different transmission properties [e.g. different latency, or different robustness against interference]. In embodiments, the end point can be designed to transmit as data a data packet which is divided into a plurality of sub-data packets according to the relative channel access pattern [e.g. to send or receive], the plurality of sub-data packets only one each Have part of the data packet.

In embodiments, the information may include a state of a number sequence generator [e.g. a periodic number sequence generator or a deterministic random number generator] for generating a number sequence, the number sequence determining the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the information may be a number [e.g. a time slot index and / or a beacon index] a sequence of numbers [e.g. a periodic time slot index sequence and / or periodic beacon index sequence], the sequence of numbers determining the channel access pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments create a base station of a communication system, wherein the communication system operates in a frequency band [for example a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; eg ISM Band] communicates wirelessly, which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the base station being designed to send a signal [eg a beacon signal], the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern indicates a frequency and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources in the frequency band that can be used for communication in the communication system [e.g. a time sequence of frequency resources that can be used for communication in the communication system (e.g. distributed over the frequency band)], the base station being designed to To transmit data using a relative channel access pattern [e.g. to send or receive], wherein the relative channel access pattern is an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the n Specifies the network-specific channel access pattern [for example, the relative channel access pattern specifies which of the resources released or usable for the communication of the communication system by the network-specific channel access pattern are actually to be used for the transmission of data by the base station]. In exemplary embodiments, the allocation of resources of the relative channel access pattern to be used for the transmission can be a subset of the usable frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern [for example, the relative channel access pattern only having a subset of the resources of the network-specific channel access pattern].

In exemplary embodiments, the base station does not know in advance which relative hopping pattern is used by an end point.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station can be designed to detect the relative hopping pattern used by means of a detection [e.g. B. by correlation and threshold value separation].

In embodiments, the relative channel access pattern may differ from another relative channel access pattern based on which the base station transmits other data [e.g. sends and / or receives, eg sends to another participant and receives from another participant], with the other relative channel access pattern an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific Indicating the channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the relative channel access pattern in the frequency direction can indicate at most a subset [eg at most one resource, ie one or no resource] of the plurality of neighboring or spaced-apart resources of the network-specific channel access pattern. In embodiments, the relative channel access pattern for at least one time hop [e.g. for at least one time slot or time slot index] in the frequency direction can indicate a different resource of the plurality of adjacent or spaced-apart resources of the network-specific channel access pattern than a different relative channel access pattern based on which the base station transmits other data [eg sends and / or receives, eg sends to another subscriber and receives from another subscriber], the other relative channel access pattern being an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency and / or time jump-based allocation of resources of the network-specific Indicating the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, at least two resources [e.g. Frequency channels or frequency channel indices] of the plurality of adjacent or spaced apart resources in the frequency direction can be assigned different symbol rates and / or a different number of symbols.

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to the relative

Channel access patterns from a set [e.g. Supply] of M relative channel access patterns, the M relative channel access patterns indicating an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern, the M relative channel access patterns being different [e.g. differ in at least the occupancy of a resource].

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to the relative

Select channel access patterns based on an intrinsic parameter from the set of M relative channel access patterns. In embodiments, the intrinsic parameter can be a digital signature of the telegram [z. B. CMAC (One-key MAC)] or a code word for the detection of transmission errors [e.g. B. a CRC].

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to the relative

Channel access patterns depending on the requirements of the data to be transmitted in terms of transmission properties [e.g. Latency, or robustness against interference] from a set of relative channel access patterns with different transmission characteristics [e.g. different latency, or different robustness against interference].

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to the relative

Channel access patterns depending on the requirements of the data to be transmitted in terms of transmission properties [e.g. Latency, or robustness against interference].

In embodiments, the base station can be designed to transmit as data a data packet which is divided into a plurality of sub-data packets in accordance with the relative channel access pattern [e.g. to send or receive], the plurality of sub-data packets each having only a part of the data packet.

In embodiments, the information can be a state of a

Number sequence generator [e.g. a periodic number sequence generator or a deterministic random number generator] for generating a number sequence, the number sequence determining the channel access pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments create a communication system with at least one of the end points described above and one of the base stations described above.

Further exemplary embodiments provide a method for operating an end point of a communication system, wherein the communication system operates in a frequency band [eg a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; e.g. ISM band] wireless communicates which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of receiving a signal [e.g. a beacon signal], the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern being a frequency-based and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources in the frequency band that can be used for communication in the communication system specifies [eg a time sequence of frequency resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system (eg distributed over the frequency band)]. The method further comprises a step of transmitting data using a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern specifying an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern [e.g. gives the relative Channel access pattern which of the resources released or usable by the network-specific channel access pattern for the communication of the communication system are actually to be used for the transmission of data by the end point].

Further exemplary embodiments provide a method for operating a base station of a communication system, the communication system being operated in a frequency band [eg a license-free and / or license-free frequency band; eg ISM Band] communicates wirelessly, which is used by a number of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of sending a signal [e.g. a beacon signal], the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern being a frequency and / or time hop-based allocation of resources in the frequency band that can be used for communication in the communication system specifies [eg a time sequence of frequency resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system (eg distributed over the frequency band)]. The method further comprises a step of transmitting data using a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern specifying an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern [e.g. gives the relative Channel access pattern which of the resources released or usable by the network-specific channel access pattern for the communication of the communication system are actually to be used for the transmission of data by the base station]. Further exemplary embodiments create a controller for a subscriber in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the controller being designed to determine a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern being one for the communication of the communication system indicates usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band, the controller being designed to determine a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern being an allocation of resources to be used for a transmission of data of the subscriber from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern indicates.

In embodiments, the relative channel access pattern may differ from another relative channel access pattern based on which the subscriber transmits other data [e.g. sends and / or receives] or based on which another participant [e.g. Endpoint and / or base station] of the communication system transmits data [e.g. sends and / or receives], the other relative channel access pattern indicating an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency and / or time hopping-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the network-specific channel access pattern can use the frequency and / or time hopping-based allocation of resources of the frequency band in frequency channels [e.g. into which the frequency band is divided] and assigned time slots or in frequency channel indices and assigned time slot indices.

In exemplary embodiments, the network-specific channel access pattern can have a plurality of adjacent ones in the frequency direction [for example per time slot or time slot index] or resources [eg frequency channels or frequency channel indices] of the frequency band that are spaced apart from one another.

In embodiments, the relative channel access pattern in the frequency direction may indicate a different resource of the plurality of adjacent or spaced-apart resources of the network-specific channel access pattern than a different relative channel access pattern based on which the subscriber transmits other data [e.g. sends and / or receives] or based on which another participant [e.g. Endpoint and / or base station] of the communication system transmits data [e.g. sends and / or receives], the other relative channel access pattern specifying an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In embodiments, at least two resources [e.g. Frequency channels or frequency channel indices] of the plurality of adjacent or spaced apart resources in the frequency direction can be assigned different symbol rates and / or different numbers of symbols.

In exemplary embodiments, the controller can be designed to determine the relative channel access pattern depending on the requirements of the transmitted data for transmission properties [e.g. latency, or robustness against interference] from a set of relative channel access patterns with different transmission properties [e.g. different latency, or different robustness against interference ]. In exemplary embodiments, the controller can be designed to generate the relative channel access pattern as a function of the requirements of the transmitted data in terms of transmission properties [for example latency, or robustness against interference].

In exemplary embodiments, the controller can be designed to determine the channel access pattern pseudo-randomly as a function of a state of a number sequence generator for generating a number sequence or a number of a number sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, the controller can be designed, depending on the state of the number sequence generator or a number of the number sequence derived from the state of the number sequence generator, or the number of the number sequence, and individual information from the communication system to determine a pseudo-random number R, the pseudo-random number R determining the channel access pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for operating a subscriber in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of determining a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern specifying a frequency-based and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources in the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system. The method further comprises a step of determining a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern specifying an allocation of resources to be used for a transmission of data of the subscriber from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the network-specific channel access pattern.

Embodiments create a data transmitter of a communication system, the data transmitter being designed to split a data packet pending transmission [e.g. the physical layer in the OSI model] into a plurality of sub-data packets, each shorter than the data packet, the data transmitter being designed to send a data signal that has the plurality of sub-data packets in accordance with a hopping pattern [eg within a permissible frequency and / or time range] in order to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets in accordance with a frequency and / or frequency specified by the hopping pattern time jump-based allocation [eg according to the resource elements specified by the jump pattern; For example, according to the hop pattern in a subset of the resource elements specified by the hop pattern of the resource elements of the communication system that can be used for transmitting the data signal] of the frequency band distributed, the data transmitter being designed to convert the hop pattern from a basic hop pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or time. In exemplary embodiments, the communication system can communicate wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

In embodiments, the shift of the basic jump pattern based on which the data transmitter derives the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern can differ from a shift of the same basic jump pattern based on which another data transmitter of the communication system derives a different jump pattern from the same basic jump pattern [e.g. so that the sub-data packets sent out with the data signal according to the jump pattern and the sub-data packets sent out by the other data transmitter according to the other jump pattern do not or only partially overlap or collide].

In embodiments, the data transmitter can be designed, when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, to detect a jump of the jump pattern lying outside a permissible frequency and / or time range based on a [e.g. by a] cyclic shift [e.g. of the jump] in the permissible frequency and / or time range.

In exemplary embodiments, in the case of the cyclical shift, starting from a limit of the permissible frequency and / or time range, by a time and / or frequency value [e.g. Number of frequency channels or time slots] outside the permissible frequency and / or time range, the jump pattern by the same time and / or frequency value [e.g. same number of frequency channels or time slots], starting from an opposite limit of the frequency and / or time range, can be shifted into the permissible frequency and / or time range.

In exemplary embodiments, the cyclical shift of the jump of the jump pattern lying outside the permissible frequency and / or time range into the permissible frequency and / or time range can take place based on a modulo operation.

In embodiments, the allowable frequency range can be within band limits of the frequency band [e.g. the permissible frequency range being limited by the band limits of the frequency band].

In embodiments, the communication system can access the frequency band based on [eg periodically] successive time segments where the permissible time range lies within one of the time segments [eg the permissible time range is limited by the time segment, or the permissible time range is a data transmission segment of the time segment [eg which follows a signaling segment]].

In exemplary embodiments, the permissible frequency range [or the frequency band] can be divided into frequency channels, the frequency value being a number of frequency channels.

In exemplary embodiments, the permissible time range can be divided into time slots, the time value being a number of time slots.

In embodiments, the basic hopping pattern can indicate uneven occupancy of frequency channels into which the frequency band is divided [e.g. so that at least one frequency channel has a different number of occupancies than another frequency channel; For example, frequency channel 12 can be occupied 3 times, while channel 23 and channel 6 are not occupied, whereby channels 23 and 6 can still be occupied due to the cyclical shift].

In embodiments, the data transmitter can be designed to derive the hopping pattern from the basic hopping pattern based on a random or pseudo-random shift of the basic hopping pattern in frequency and / or time.

In exemplary embodiments, the pseudo-random shift of the basic jump pattern can be based on an immanent parameter of the data sender, such as a CRC (= cyclic redundancy check), a CMAC (= cipher-based message authentication code) or a ID (= identification) of the data sender.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter can be designed to provide at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets with pilot sequences.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter can be designed to receive a control signal [for example from a base station] of the communication system, the control signal having information about the basic jump pattern. In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter can be designed to synchronize with the control signal in terms of time and / or frequency.

In embodiments, the data transmitter can be configured to receive a control signal [e.g. from a base station] of the communication system, the control signal having information about a permissible frequency and / or time range for the transmission of the data signal with the plurality of sub-data packets, wherein the data transmitter can be designed to transmit the data signal with the plurality of To transmit sub-data packets within the permissible frequency and / or time range.

In embodiments, the data transmitter can be configured to receive a control signal [e.g. from a base station of the communication system], the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern indicating a frequency and / or time-hopping-based occupancy of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system to determine based on the information about the channel access pattern, wherein the hopping pattern is a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern indicating the occupancy to be used of the usable frequency and / or time hopping-based occupancy specified by the channel access pattern, wherein the data transmitter can be designed to use of the data signal, the plurality of sub-data packets in at least one subset, indicated by the relative channel access pattern, of the usable frequency- and / or time-jump-based occupancy of the Fr, indicated by the channel access pattern to send equenzbands.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter can be an end point of the communication system.

In embodiments, the endpoint can be battery operated.

Further embodiments create a data receiver of a communication system, the data packet being divided into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet, for the transmission of a data packet within the communication system, and the plurality of sub-data packets using a data signal according to a jump pattern are transmitted in a subset of usable resource elements of the communication system, at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets one Have pilot sequence, the jump pattern being derived from a basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or time, the data receiver being designed to receive the [eg all] of the communication system for transmitting the pilot-sequence-having sub-data packets of the plurality of Sub-data packets usable resource elements or the resource elements that can be used by the communication system to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets [e.g. defined by time slots and frequency channels of the frequency band] of the communication system are each correlated with a reference sequence [e.g. that corresponds to the pilot sequence] in order for the usable Resource elements to obtain correlation results, and to transfer the correlation results [eg according to the position of the usable resource elements in time and frequency [eg unused frequency channels and / or time slots are "masked out"]] in an at least one-d to transfer dimensional array of correlation results, the data receiver being designed to perform a correlation of the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results with an at least one-dimensional array of reference values, the at least one-dimensional array of reference values being derived from the basic jump pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the communication system can communicate wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

In embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to receive the plurality of sub-data packets based on the correlation of the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results with the at least one-dimensional array of

Detect reference values.

In embodiments, the at least one-dimensional array of

Correlation results be a two-dimensional array of correlation results, wherein the at least one-dimensional array of reference values is a two-dimensional array of reference values.

In embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to perform a two-dimensional correlation of the two-dimensional array of correlation results with the two-dimensional array of reference values. In exemplary embodiments, the two-dimensional correlation can be a two-dimensional cross-correlation in the time domain.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to carry out the two-dimensional correlation in the frequency domain.

In embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to transform the two-dimensional array of correlation results into the frequency domain [e.g. by means of DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the two-dimensional array of correlation results, wherein the data receiver can be designed to transform the two-dimensional array of reference values into the frequency domain [e.g. by means of DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the two-dimensional array of reference values, wherein the data receiver can be designed to either send the two-dimensional array of correlation results or the two-dimensional array of reference values before the transformation into the frequency domain mirror, wherein the data receiver can be designed to multiply the transformed version of the two-dimensional array of correlation results and the transformed version of the two-dimensional array of reference values element by element in order to obtain a two-dimensional multiplication result, wherein the data receiver can be designed to transform the multiplication result into the time domain to obtain an overall correlation result.

In embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to transform the two-dimensional array of correlation results into a virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results, wherein the data receiver can be designed to transform the two-dimensional array of reference values into a virtual one-dimensional level of reference values, wherein the data receiver can be designed to transform the virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results into the frequency domain [e.g. using DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results To transform the level of reference values into the frequency range [eg by means of DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional level of reference values, the data receiver being designed k ann to mirror either the virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results or the virtual one-dimensional level of reference values before the transformation into the frequency domain, wherein the data receiver can be designed to multiply the transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional plane of correlation results or the transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional plane of reference values elementary in order to obtain a multiplication result, wherein the data receiver can be designed to convert the multiplication result into the time domain transform to get an overall correlation result.

In exemplary embodiments, the two-dimensional array of correlation results and the two-dimensional array of reference values can have the same array size.

In exemplary embodiments, the usable resource elements of the communication system can be assigned to elements of the two-dimensional array of correlation results in accordance with the position of the usable resource elements in time and frequency.

In exemplary embodiments, the at least one-dimensional array of reference values can correspond to the basic jump pattern.

In embodiments, the elements of the two-dimensional array of reference values that are assigned to resource elements that have a sub-data packet according to the basic jump pattern may include a [e.g. normalized] reference value which reflects the correlation length of the correlation of the pilot sequence with the reference sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, the remaining elements of the two-dimensional array of reference values can have zero as a reference value.

In embodiments, the usable resource elements of the communication system can be defined by frequency channels [e.g. of the frequency band] and time slots.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to send a control signal based on which a data transmitter of the communication system can synchronize. In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to send a control signal, the control signal having information about a frequency and / or time range to be used by the data transmitter of the communication system.

In embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to send a control signal, the control signal information about the from the

Communication system for transmitting the plurality of sub-data packets usable resource elements.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver can be designed to send a control signal, the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resource elements of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system, the channel access pattern those of that

Communication system for the transmission of the plurality of sub-data packets indicates usable resource elements, the hopping pattern being a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern specifying the occupancy to be used of the usable frequency and / or time hopping-based occupancy indicated by the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the data receiver can be a base station.

In embodiments, the base station can be battery operated.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for sending a data packet in a communication system. The method comprises a step of dividing a data packet pending transmission [eg the physical layer in the OSI model] into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet. The method further comprises a step of deriving a hop pattern from a basic hop pattern based on a shift of the basic hop pattern in frequency and / or time. Furthermore, the method comprises a step of sending a data signal with the plurality of sub-data packets according to the hop pattern [eg within a permissible frequency and / or time range], so that the plurality of sub-data packets according to a frequency and frequency specified by the hop pattern / or time-hopping-based occupancy of the frequency band are transmitted in a distributed manner. Further exemplary embodiments create a method for the transmission of data between subscribers of a communication system. The method comprises a step of sending a first data signal with a first plurality of sub-data packets corresponding to a first hopping pattern by a first subscriber of the communication system [e.g. to transfer the first plurality of sub-data packets corresponding to a first frequency and / or frequency specified by the first hopping pattern. or time-hopping based allocation of the frequency band distributed]. The method further comprises a step of sending a second data signal with a second plurality of sub-data packets corresponding to a second hopping pattern by a second subscriber of the communication system [e.g. by the second plurality of sub-data packets corresponding to a second frequency and frequency specified by the second hopping pattern / or time-hopping-based allocation of the frequency band distributed], the first hopping pattern and the second hopping pattern being derived from the same basic hopping pattern, the first hopping pattern being derived based on a first shift of the basic hopping pattern in frequency and / or time, the second Hopping pattern is derived based on a second shift of the basic hopping pattern in frequency and / or time, the first shifting and the second shifting being different [eg so that the one transmitted with the first data signal corresponds to the first hopping pattern n sub-data packets and the sub-data packets sent out by the second data transmitter according to the second jump pattern do not or only partially overlap or collide].

Further embodiments create a method for receiving data in a communication system, the data packet being divided into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet, for the transmission of a data packet within the communication system, and the plurality of sub-data packets using of a data signal corresponding to a hop pattern in a subset of usable resource elements of the communication system, at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets having a pilot sequence, the hop pattern being derived from a basic hop pattern based on a shift of the basic hop pattern in frequency and / or time . The method comprises a step of correlating the resource elements that can be used by the communication system to transmit the pilot-sequence sub-data packets of the plurality of sub-data packets or the resource elements that can be used by the communication system to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets [eg defined by time slots and frequency channels of the frequency band] of the communication system in each case with a reference sequence [eg which corresponds to the pilot sequence] in order to obtain correlation results for the resource elements that can be used. The method further comprises a step of transferring the correlation results [eg according to the position of the usable resource elements in time and frequency [eg unused frequency channels and / or time slots are "masked out"]] into an at least one-dimensional array of correlation results. The method further comprises a step of performing a correlation between the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results and the at least one-dimensional array of reference values, the at least one dimensional array of reference values being derived from the basic jump pattern.

Embodiments create a data transmitter of a communication system, the data transmitter being designed to transmit a data signal according to a jump pattern [e.g. within a permissible frequency and / or time range or permissible resource range] [e.g. in a subset that can be used for transmission of the data signal, indicated by the jump pattern Resource elements of the communication system], the data signal having a plurality of sub-data packets which are transmitted in a distributed manner according to a frequency and / or time jump-based allocation [e.g. of resource elements] [e.g. of usable resource elements of the communication system] of the frequency band specified by the hop pattern , the data transmitter being designed to derive the jump pattern from a basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency [e.g. in frequency direction] and / or time [e.g. in time direction], wherein the data transmitter is designed to, when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, provided at least one jump of the jump pattern caused by the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency [e.g. in frequency direction] outside a permissible frequency range [e.g. permissible Resource area [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]] is located, the at least one jump [e.g. a [e.g. single] resource element or sub-data packet defined by the jump pattern] based on a [e.g. by a] cyclical shift to shift the frequency into the permissible frequency range and the at least one jump additionally based on a [eg by a] linear shift [eg a shift by a resource element; eg in the following or previous time slot or time slot index] to shift in time. In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter or the communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to respond when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, provided that at least one jump of the jump pattern is caused by the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in time [e.g. in time direction] outside a permissible time range [e.g. permissible resource range [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]] is to shift the at least one jump into the permissible time range by means of a cyclical shift in time.

In embodiments, in the case of the linear shift, the jump of the jump pattern is increased by exactly plus a time value [e.g. a resource element [e.g. a time slot or time slot index]] shifted.

In exemplary embodiments, in the case of the cyclical shifting, starting from a limit of the permissible frequency and / or time range, by a time and / or frequency value [e.g. a number of resource elements [e.g. a number of frequency channels and / or time slots]] outside the permissible frequency and / or time range, at least one jump in the hopping pattern by the same time and / or frequency value [e.g. the same number of resource elements [e.g. the same number of frequency channels and / or time slots]], based on an opposite limit of the frequency and / or time range, shifted into the permissible frequency and / or time range.

In embodiments, the cyclical shift of the at least one jump of the jump pattern into the permissible frequency and / or time range, which lies outside the permissible frequency and / or time range, takes place based on a modulo operation.

In exemplary embodiments, the permissible frequency range lies within the band limits of the frequency band [for example, the permissible frequency range being limited by the band limits of the frequency band]. In embodiments, the communication system accesses the frequency band based on [e.g. periodically] successive time segments, the permissible time range being within one of the time segments [e.g. wherein the permissible time range is limited by the time segment, or the permissible time range is a data transmission segment of the time segment is [eg that follows a signaling section]].

In embodiments, the permissible frequency range [or the frequency band] is divided into frequency channels, the frequency value [e.g. Frequency index or frequency value index] is a number of frequency channels.

In embodiments, the permitted time range is divided into time slots, the time value [e.g. Time index or time value index] is a number of time slots.

In exemplary embodiments, immediately successive jumps of the

Basic hopping pattern spaced from one another by at least one frequency channel.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to derive the hopping pattern from the basic hopping pattern based on a random or pseudo-random shift of the basic hopping pattern in frequency and / or time.

In exemplary embodiments, the pseudo-random shift of the

Basic jump pattern is based on an immanent parameter of the data transmitter, the data receiver or the communication system.

In exemplary embodiments, the pseudo-random shift of the

Basic jump pattern a CRC (= cyclic redundancy check, German cyclic

Redundancy check), a CMAC (= cipher-based message authentication code) or an ID (= identification) of the data sender.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to provide at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets with pilot sequences.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to receive a control signal [for example from a base station] of the communication system, the control signal having information about the basic hop pattern. In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to synchronize with the control signal in terms of time and / or frequency.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to receive a control signal [e.g. from a base station] of the communication system, the control signal having information about a permissible frequency and / or time range for the transmission of the data signal with the plurality of sub data packets, the data transmitter being designed to transmit the data signal with the plurality of sub -Transmit data packets within the permissible frequency and / or time range.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to receive a control signal [e.g. from a base station of the communication system], the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern indicating a frequency and / or time-hopping-based occupancy of the frequency band which can be used for the communication of the communication system, the data transmitter being designed to be based on the channel access pattern to determine on the information about the channel access pattern, the hopping pattern being a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern indicating the occupancy to be used of the usable frequency and / or time hopping-based occupancy specified by the channel access pattern, the data transmitter being designed to use the data signal the plurality of sub-data packets in at least one subset, indicated by the relative channel access pattern, of the usable frequency-based and / or time-hop-based occupancy of the frequency band indicated by the channel access pattern to send.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is an end point of the communication system.

In embodiments, the endpoint is battery operated.

In embodiments, the basic jump pattern is a first basic jump pattern, the data transmitter being designed to convert the jump pattern from the first basic jump pattern or a second basic jump pattern based on a shift of the respective basic jump pattern in frequency [e.g. in frequency direction] and / or time [eg in time direction], the first basic jump pattern and the second basic jump pattern being different. In embodiments, the first basic jump pattern and the second basic jump pattern have different intervals in time and / or frequency between at least two successive jumps of the respective basic jump pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to apply a frequency offset to the data signal which is dependent on the hopping pattern [e.g. to signal the jump pattern used to a data receiver].

In exemplary embodiments, the frequency offset is less than% of a symbol rate.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to apply a time offset to the data signal which is dependent on the hopping pattern [e.g. to signal the jump pattern used to a data receiver].

In exemplary embodiments, the time offset is less than% of a duration of a resource element,

In exemplary embodiments, the time offset is less than 4 a symbol duration.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is designed to transmit at least two sub-data packets of the plurality of sub-data packets with [e.g. various] pilot sequences [e.g. Preambles], the pilot sequences being dependent on the jump pattern [e.g. to signal the jump pattern used to a data receiver].

Further embodiments create a data transmitter of a communication system, the data transmitter being designed to transmit a data signal according to a jump pattern [e.g. within a permissible frequency and / or time range or permissible resource range] [e.g. in a subset of the data signal for transmission of the data signal indicated by the jump pattern usable resource elements of the communication system], the data signal having a plurality of sub-data packets which are transmitted in a distributed manner according to a frequency and / or time jump-based occupancy [e.g. of resource elements] [e.g. of usable resource elements of the communication system] of the frequency band specified by the hop pattern the data transmitter is designed to derive the hopping pattern from a basic hopping pattern, the derivation of the hopping pattern from the basic hopping pattern being a shift of the basic hopping pattern in frequency and / or corresponds in time, where, if at least one jump due to the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency lies outside a permissible frequency range [e.g. permissible resource range [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]], the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern corresponds to a shift in the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or in the time at which the at least one jump is shifted into the permissible frequency range based on a cyclical shift in frequency and in which the at least one jump is additionally shifted based on a [eg by a] linear displacement [eg a displacement by a resource element; eg in the following time slot] is shifted in time.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter or the communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

In embodiments, if at least one jump due to the shift of the basic jump pattern in time outside a permissible time range [e.g. permissible resource area [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]], the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern is a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or in the time at which the at least jump is based on a [ e.g. is shifted by a] cyclical shift in time into the permissible frequency range.

Further exemplary embodiments create a data receiver of a communication system, the data receiver being designed to receive a data signal, the data signal corresponding to a jump pattern [e.g. within a permissible frequency and / or time range or permissible resource range] [e.g. in one specified by the jump pattern Subset of the resource elements of the communication system that can be used for transmission of the data signal] is transmitted, the data signal having a plurality of sub-data packets which, according to a frequency and / or time jump-based occupancy indicated by the jump pattern [e.g. of resource elements] [e.g. of usable resource elements of the Communication system] of the frequency band are transmitted in a distributed manner, with at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets having a pilot sequence, the hopping pattern being based on a shifting of the basic hopping pattern from a basic hopping pattern ng pattern in frequency [e.g. in Frequency direction] and / or time [e.g. in time direction] is derived, whereby when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, provided that at least one jump of the jump pattern caused by the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in the frequency [e.g. in Frequency direction] is outside a permissible frequency range [e.g. permissible resource range [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]], which shifts at least one jump based on a cyclical shift in frequency into the permissible frequency range and the at least one jump is additionally based on a [eg by a] linear shift [eg a shift by a resource element; eg in the following time slot] is shifted in time, the data receiver being designed to receive the resource elements that can be used by the communication system for the transmission of the pilot-sequence-containing sub-data packets of the plurality of sub-data packets or the resource elements used by the communication system for the transmission of the To correlate a plurality of sub-data packets usable resource elements [e.g. defined by time slots and frequency channels of the frequency band] of the communication system with a reference sequence [e.g. which corresponds to the pilot sequence] in order to obtain correlation results for the usable resource elements, and to obtain the correlation results [e.g. according to the Position of the usable resource elements in time and frequency [eg frequency channels and / or time slots that are not used are "masked out"]] to be transferred into an at least one-dimensional array of correlation results, the data receiver being designed to provide a Carry out correlation of the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results with an at least one-dimensional array of reference values, the at least one dimensional array of reference values being derived from the basic jump pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver or the communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

In embodiments, the data receiver is designed to detect the plurality of sub-data packets based on the correlation of the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results with the at least one-dimensional array of reference values. In exemplary embodiments, the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results is a two-dimensional array of correlation results, the at least one-dimensional array of reference values being a two-dimensional array of reference values.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to carry out a two-dimensional correlation of the two-dimensional array of correlation results with the two-dimensional array of reference values.

In exemplary embodiments, the two-dimensional correlation is a two-dimensional cross-correlation in the time domain.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to carry out the two-dimensional correlation in the frequency domain.

In embodiments, the data receiver is designed to transform the two-dimensional array of correlation results into the frequency domain [e.g. by means of DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the two-dimensional array of correlation results, wherein the data receiver can be designed to transform the two-dimensional array of reference values into the frequency domain [e.g. by means of DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the two-dimensional array of reference values, wherein the data receiver can be designed to mirror either the two-dimensional array of correlation results or the two-dimensional array of reference values before the transformation into the frequency domain , wherein the data receiver can be designed to multiply the transformed version of the two-dimensional array of correlation results and the transformed version of the two-dimensional array of reference values element by element in order to obtain a two-dimensional multiplication result, wherein the data receiver can be designed, to transform the multiplication result into the time domain to obtain an overall correlation result.

In embodiments, the data receiver is designed to transform the two-dimensional array of correlation results into a virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results, wherein the data receiver can be designed to transform the two-dimensional array of reference values into a virtual one-dimensional level of reference values, wherein the data receiver can be designed to use the virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results in the To transform the frequency range [e.g. using DFT or FFT] in order to obtain a transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results, whereby the data receiver can be designed to transform the virtual one-dimensional level of reference values into the frequency range [e.g. using DFT or FFT] , in order to obtain a transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional level of reference values, wherein the data receiver can be designed to mirror either the virtual one-dimensional level of correlation results or the virtual one-dimensional level of reference values before the transformation into the frequency domain, wherein the data receiver can be designed can, in order to multiply the transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional plane of correlation results or the transformed version of the virtual one-dimensional plane of reference values element by element in order to obtain a multiplication result, w whether the data receiver can be designed to transform the multiplication result into the time domain in order to obtain an overall correlation result.

In exemplary embodiments, the two-dimensional array of correlation results and the two-dimensional array of reference values have the same array size.

In exemplary embodiments, the usable resource elements of the communication system are assigned to elements of the two-dimensional array of correlation results in accordance with the position of the usable resource elements in time and frequency.

In exemplary embodiments, the at least one-dimensional array of reference values corresponds to the basic jump pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the elements of the two-dimensional array of reference values that are assigned to resource elements that have a sub-data packet according to the basic jump pattern have a [e.g. normalized] reference value which reflects the correlation length of the correlation of the pilot sequence with the reference sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, the remaining elements of the two-dimensional array of reference values have zero as the reference value. In exemplary embodiments, the usable resource elements of the communication system are defined by frequency channels [eg the frequency band] and time slots.

In embodiments, the data receiver is designed to send a control signal based on which a data transmitter of the communication system can synchronize.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to send a control signal, the control signal having information about a frequency and / or time range to be used by the data transmitter of the communication system.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to send a control signal, the control signal having information about the resource elements that can be used by the communication system to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to send a control signal, the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern indicating a frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resource elements of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system, the channel access pattern indicating the indicates resource elements that can be used by the communication system for transmitting the plurality of sub-data packets, the hopping pattern being a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern specifying the usage of the usable frequency-based and / or time-hopping-based usage specified by the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the data receiver is a base station.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station is battery-operated.

In embodiments, the basic jump pattern is a first basic jump pattern, the jump pattern from the first basic jump pattern or a second basic jump pattern based on a shift of the respective basic jump pattern in frequency [e.g. in frequency direction] and / or time [e.g. in Time direction], the first basic jump pattern and the second

Basic jump patterns are different.

In embodiments, the first basic jump pattern and the second

Basic jump pattern different intervals in time and / or frequency between at least two successive jumps of the respective basic jump pattern, the data receiver being designed to generate the respective basic jump pattern based on the intervals in time and / or frequency between at least two successive jumps of the jump pattern to determine.

In exemplary embodiments, a frequency offset is applied to the data signal, which is dependent on the hopping pattern, the data receiver being designed to determine the frequency offset and to determine the hopping pattern based on the determined frequency offset.

In exemplary embodiments, a time offset is applied to the data signal which is dependent on the jump pattern, the data receiver being designed to determine the time offset and to determine the jump pattern based on the determined time offset.

In embodiments, at least two sub-data packets of the plurality of sub-data packets are associated with pilot sequences [e.g. Preambles], the pilot sequences being dependent on the jump pattern, the data receiver being designed to determine the pilot sequences and to determine the jump pattern based on the determined pilot sequences.

Further exemplary embodiments create a system with a data transmitter in accordance with one of the exemplary embodiments described herein and a data receiver in accordance with one of the exemplary embodiments described herein.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for sending a data packet in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of deriving a jump pattern from a basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or time, wherein when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, if at least one jump of the Jump pattern due to the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency [e.g. in frequency direction] outside a permissible frequency range [e.g. permissible resource range [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]], the at least one jump is shifted based on a cyclical shift in the frequency into the permissible frequency range and the at least one jump is additionally shifted based on a linear shift, for example a shift by a resource element; eg in the following time slot] is shifted in time. Furthermore, the method comprises a step of sending the data packet divided into a plurality of sub-data packets according to the hop pattern, so that the plurality of sub-data packets are transmitted in a distributed manner in accordance with a frequency and / or time hop-based occupancy of the frequency band specified by the hop pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for receiving data in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the data packet being converted into a plurality of sub-data packets for the transmission of a data packet within the communication system is divided, which are each shorter than the data packet, and wherein the plurality of sub-data packets are transmitted by means of a data signal according to a jump pattern in a subset of usable resource elements of the communication system, wherein at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets have a pilot sequence, wherein the jump pattern is derived from a basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or time, wherein when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, provided that at least one jump of the Sp due to the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency [e.g. in frequency direction] outside a permissible frequency range [e.g. permissible resource range [= resource elements of the communication system that can be used to transmit the plurality of sub-data packets]], the at least one jump is shifted based on a cyclical shift in the frequency into the permissible frequency range and the at least one jump is additionally shifted based on a linear shift, for example a shift by a resource element; eg in the following time slot] is shifted in time. The method comprises a step of correlating the sub-data packets of the plurality of sub- Resource elements that can be used for data packets or the resource elements of the communication system that can be used by the communication system for transmitting the plurality of sub-data packets, each with a reference sequence in order to obtain correlation results for the resource elements that can be used. The method further comprises a step of converting the correlation results into an at least one-dimensional array of correlation results. The method further comprises a step of performing a correlation between the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results and the at least one-dimensional array of reference values, the at least one dimensional array of reference values being derived from the basic jump pattern.

Further exemplary embodiments create an end point of a communication system, the end point being designed to receive a signal, the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern being a frequency and / or time hop-based occupancy of Specifies resources of the frequency band, the network-specific channel access pattern in at least two sections [e.g. Frames or resource frames] is divided [e.g. so that the frequency-based and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system is divided into the at least two sections], the end point being designed to transmit data using a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern indicates an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of a section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point or the communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point is designed to randomly select the section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, the end point is designed to select the section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern as a function of an intrinsic parameter of the end point. In embodiments, the intrinsic parameter of the end point is a CRC (= cyclic redundancy check), a CMAC (= cipher-based message authentication code) or an ID (= identification) of the end point.

In exemplary embodiments, the section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern is assigned to the end point by a base station or another coordinating entity of the communication system.

In exemplary embodiments, the relative channel access pattern is assigned to the end point by a base station or another coordinating entity of the communication system.

In embodiments, the at least two sections [e.g. Frames] [e.g. [e.g. immediately] consecutive] time segments.

In embodiments, the at least two sections [e.g. Frames] [e.g. [e.g. immediately] successive] frequency-domain-wise sections.

Further exemplary embodiments create a base station of a communication system, the base station being designed to send a signal, the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern being a frequency- and / or time-hop-based occupancy of Indicates resources of the frequency band, with the network-specific channel access pattern being subdivided into at least two sections [e.g. frames] [e.g. so that the frequency and / or time hopping-based allocation of resources of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system is divided into the at least two sections], wherein the base station is configured to receive data from an endpoint of the communication system, the data being transmitted using a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern being ei ne allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of a section which specifies at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern. In embodiments, the base station or the communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication,

In exemplary embodiments, the section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern is selected at random by the end point.

In exemplary embodiments, the section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern is selected by the end point as a function of an intrinsic parameter [of the end point].

In embodiments, the intrinsic parameter of the end point is a CRC (= cyclic redundancy check), a CMAC (= cipher-based message authentication code) or an ID (= identification) of the end point.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station is designed to assign the section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern to be used to the end point.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station is designed to assign the relative channel access pattern to the end point.

In embodiments, the at least two sections [e.g. Frames] [e.g. [e.g. immediately] successive] temporal segments.

In embodiments, the at least two sections [e.g. Frames] [e.g. [e.g. immediately] consecutive] frequency-domain-wise sections.

Further exemplary embodiments create a communication system with at least one end point in accordance with one of the exemplary embodiments described herein and a base station in accordance with one of the exemplary embodiments described herein.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for operating an end point of a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems Communication is used. The method comprises a step of receiving a signal, the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern specifying a frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system, the network-specific channel access pattern in at least two sections [eg frames] is subdivided [eg so that the frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system is subdivided into the at least two sections]. The method further comprises a step of transmitting data using a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern being an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of a section of the at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern indicates.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for operating a base station of a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of sending a signal, the signal having information about a network-specific channel access pattern, the network-specific channel access pattern specifying a frequency and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system, the network-specific channel access pattern in at least two sections [e.g. Frames] is divided [e.g. so that the frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system is divided into the at least two sections]. The method further comprises a step of receiving data from an end point of the communication system, the data being transmitted using a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern being an allocation of resources to be used for the transmission from the usable frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resources of a section indicating at least two sections of the network-specific channel access pattern.

Embodiments create a data transmitter of a [eg synchronized] communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems Communication is used, wherein the data transmitter is configured to send a data signal in accordance with a jump pattern, the data signal having a plurality of sub-data packets that correspond to a frequency- and / or time-jump-based allocation of resource elements [eg a set of usable resource elements [e.g. per time segment], such as a permissible resource area [resource frame] or a set of resource elements of a network-specific channel access pattern], the data transmitter being configured to convert the hopping pattern from a basic hopping pattern based on a Shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency [eg in frequency direction] and / or time [eg in time direction], the basic jump pattern being derived from a [eg periodic] [eg unipolar] binary sequence.

In embodiments, the jump pattern may be a [e.g. within the set of usable resource elements] be a cyclically shifted version of the basic jump pattern.

In embodiments, the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence a Golomb ruler [e.g. optimal Golomb ruler], a mirrored version of a Golomb ruler or a Barker series at least partially.

In embodiments, marked integer positions [e.g. Marks] of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same are each represented by a first logical value [e.g. logical one] in the unipolar binary sequence, with unmarked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same in each case represented by a second logical value [e.g. logic zero] can be mapped in the unipolar binary sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, a number of marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version thereof corresponds to a number of resource elements which are occupied by the basic jump pattern.

In exemplary embodiments, a length of the [eg unipolar] binary sequence is greater than or equal to twice the length of the Golomb ruler minus one, whereby a part of the unipolar binary sequence which the Golomb ruler [eg optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler Rulers at least partially depicts second logical values [eg zeros] in front and / or appended. In embodiments, a length of the [eg unipolar] binary sequence is greater than or equal to twice the length of the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler minus one, with a part of the unipolar binary sequence that the Golomb ruler [eg optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored version the Golomb ruler at least partially maps second logical values [eg zeros] in front of and / or appended.

In embodiments, marked integer positions [e.g. Marking] of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same, with the exception of marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler that are at a distance from other marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler that are less than or equal to a predetermined distance, that of a number available frequency channels, each by a first logical value [e.g. logical one] in the unipolar binary sequence, with unmarked integer positions and the marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same that are at a distance from other marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same, the smaller or is equal to the specified distance, in each case by a second logical value [eg logic zero] can be mapped in the unipolar binary sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, a number of marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version thereof is greater than a number of resource elements which are occupied by the basic jump pattern.

In embodiments, a length of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence greater than or equal to twice the length of the Golomb ruler minus one, or where a length of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence is greater than or equal to twice the length of the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler minus one, with a portion of the unipolar binary sequence that the Golomb ruler [e.g. optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler at least partially maps second logical values [e.g. Zeros] are prefixed and / or appended.

In exemplary embodiments, an allocation of resource elements of a set of usable resource elements [eg a permissible resource area [resource frame] or a set of, which is indicated by the basic jump pattern Resource elements of a network-specific channel access pattern] derived from the [eg unipolar] binary sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, the allocation of resource elements indicated by the basic jump pattern is so dependent on the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence that those resource elements of the set of usable resource elements, the respective elements of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequences which have a predetermined logical value [e.g. logical one], are resource elements occupied by the basic jump pattern.

For example, each resource element of the set of usable resource elements corresponding to a respective element of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence having a predetermined logical value [e.g. logic one], be a resource element occupied by the basic hop pattern.

In embodiments, each resource element of the set of available resource elements is associated with a respective element of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence assigned.

In embodiments, the set of available resource elements can be represented by a [one-dimensional or two-dimensional] matrix, with columns of the matrix describing available time slots and rows of the matrix describing available frequency channels, the resource elements of the set of available resource elements corresponding to the respective elements of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence are assigned in such a way that successive columns of the matrix are assigned to successive blocks of elements of the binary sequence, a number of elements of the binary sequence of the respective blocks of elements of the binary sequence corresponding to a number of rows of the matrix, wherein within the respective blocks of elements the binary sequence successive rows of the matrix are assigned to successive elements of the respective blocks of elements of the binary sequence.

In embodiments, a length of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence [e.g. a number of elements of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence] equal to a number of resource elements of the set of admissible resource elements.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is configured to, when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, if caused by the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the displacement of the Basic jump pattern in the time and / or frequency at least one occupancy of a resource element specified by the hop pattern lies outside the set of usable resource elements, the at least one occupancy specified by the hop pattern based on a cyclical shift in time and / or frequency in the set of usable resources Move resource items.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is configured to, when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, if caused by the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency, at least one occupancy of a resource element outside the set of usable resource elements indicated by the jump pattern is to shift the at least one occupancy indicated by the hopping pattern based on a cyclical shift in frequency in the set of usable resource elements and additionally shift the at least one occupancy specified by the hopping pattern based on a linear shift in time.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is configured to, when deriving the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern, if caused by the derivation of the jump pattern from the basic jump pattern based on the shift of the basic jump pattern in time, at least one occupancy of a resource element outside the set of usable resource elements indicated by the jump pattern is to move the at least one occupancy indicated by the jump pattern based on a cyclical shift in time in the set of usable resource elements.

In exemplary embodiments, the at least one occupancy indicated by the jump pattern is shifted by exactly plus one resource element in the linear shift.

In embodiments, the at least one occupancy indicated by the jump pattern, which is based on a limit of the set of usable resource elements by a number of resource elements outside the set of usable resource elements, is in the cyclic shift by the same number of resource elements based on an opposite limit of the set of usable resource elements moved to the set of more usable resource elements. In exemplary embodiments, the communication system accesses the frequency band based on [eg periodically] successive time segments, the set of usable resource elements lying within one of the time segments.

In embodiments, the basic jump pattern is a first basic jump pattern, the data transmitter being configured to derive the jump pattern from the first basic jump pattern in a first operating mode, the data transmitter being configured to derive the jump pattern from a second basic jump pattern in a second operating mode, the second Basic jump pattern is derived from a second binary sequence, with fewer resource elements being occupied by the second basic jump pattern than by the first basic jump pattern.

In embodiments, the first operating mode is a normal operating mode, the second operating mode being an operating mode [e.g. Emergency operating mode], in which a higher number of data transmitters transmitting simultaneously in the frequency band is to be expected.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is configured to split a data packet into a smaller number of sub-data packets in the second operating mode than in the first operating mode.

In exemplary embodiments, the data packet is shorter in the second operating mode than in the first operating mode.

In embodiments, the data transmitter is configured to send a signaling signal before the transmission of the data signal, which signals the subsequent transmission of the data signal, wherein the data transmitter is configured to

To send a signaling signal in a signaling resource element of a set of predetermined signaling resource elements.

In exemplary embodiments, the data transmitter is configured to receive a control signal [e.g. from a base station of the communication system], the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern being a frequency and / or time hop-based allocation of resource elements that can be used for the communication of the communication system indicates, wherein the frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resource elements that can be used for the communication of the communication system is the set of usable resource elements, wherein the data transmitter is configured to the To determine channel access pattern based on the information about the channel access pattern, wherein the hopping pattern is a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern indicating the occupancy to be used of the usable frequency and / or time hopping-based occupancy specified by the channel access pattern, the data transmitter being configured to use of the data signal to send the plurality of sub-data packets in at least a subset, indicated by the relative channel access pattern, of the usable frequency-based and / or time-hop-based occupancy of the frequency band indicated by the channel access pattern.

In embodiments, the endpoint is battery operated.

In exemplary embodiments, the communication system communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, the data receiver being configured to receive a data signal which is transmitted according to a hop pattern, the data signal having a plurality of sub-data packets which are transmitted in a distributed manner according to a frequency- and / or time-jump-based allocation of resource elements specified by the jump pattern, the jump pattern being derived from a basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or time, the basic jump pattern being derived from a [e.g. periodic] [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence.

In embodiments, the marked integer positions [eg markings] of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same are each represented by a first logical value [eg logical one] in the unipolar binary sequence, with non-marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored Version of the same can be mapped in each case by a second logical value [eg logical zero] in the unipolar binary sequence. In exemplary embodiments, a number of marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version thereof corresponds to a number of resource elements which are occupied by the basic jump pattern.

In embodiments, a length of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence greater than or equal to twice the length of the Golomb ruler minus one, with a portion of the unipolar binary sequence that the Golomb ruler [e.g. optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler at least partially maps second logical values [e.g. Zeros] are prefixed and / or appended.

In embodiments, a length of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence is greater than or equal to twice the length of the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler minus one, with a portion of the unipolar binary sequence that the Golomb ruler [e.g. optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler at least partially maps second logical values [e.g. Zeros] are prefixed and / or appended.

In embodiments, marked integer positions [e.g. Marking] of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version thereof, with the exception of marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler which are at a distance from other marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler that is less than or equal to a predetermined distance, that of a number available frequency channels, each by a first logical value [e.g. logical one] in the unipolar binary sequence, with unmarked integer positions and the marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same that are at a distance from other marked integer positions of the Golomb ruler or the mirrored version of the same, the smaller or is equal to the specified distance, in each case by a second logical value [eg logic zero] can be mapped in the unipolar binary sequence.

In embodiments, a length of the [eg unipolar] binary sequence is greater than or equal to twice the length of the Golomb ruler minus one, with a part of the unipolar binary sequence that is the Golomb ruler [eg optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored Version of the Golomb ruler at least partially maps second logical values [eg zeros] in front and / or appended.

In embodiments, a length of the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence greater than or equal to twice the length of the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler minus one, with a portion of the unipolar binary sequence that the Golomb ruler [e.g. optimal Golomb ruler] or the mirrored version of the Golomb ruler at least partially maps second logical values [e.g. Zeros] are prefixed and / or appended.

In exemplary embodiments, an allocation of resource elements of a set of usable resource elements [e.g. an allowable resource area [resource frame] or a set of resource elements of a network-specific channel access pattern] from the [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence derived.

In exemplary embodiments, the set of available resource elements can be represented by a [one-dimensional or two-dimensional] matrix, columns of the matrix describing available time slots and rows of the matrix describing available frequency channels, the resource elements of the set of available resource elements corresponding to the respective elements of the [e.g. unipolar] Binary sequence are assigned in such a way that successive columns of the matrix are assigned to successive blocks of elements of the binary sequence, with a number of elements the binary sequence of the respective blocks of elements of the binary sequence corresponds to a number of rows of the matrix, with successive rows of the matrix being assigned to successive elements of the respective blocks of elements of the binary sequence within the respective blocks of elements of the binary sequence.

In exemplary embodiments, at least two of the plurality of sub-data packets have a pilot sequence, the data receiver being designed to use the resource elements that can be used by the communication system to transmit the sub-data packets of the plurality of sub-data packets that have a pilot sequence, or those of the communication system to transmit the To correlate a plurality of sub-data packets usable resource elements of the communication system each with a reference sequence in order to obtain correlation results for the usable resource elements, and to convert the correlation results into an at least one-dimensional array of correlation results, the data receiver being designed to correlate the at least to carry out one-dimensional arrays of correlation results with an at least one-dimensional array of reference values, the at least one-dimensional array of reference values from the basic jump pattern or the binary sequence is derived.

In embodiments, the data receiver is designed to detect the plurality of sub-data packets based on the correlation of the at least one-dimensional array of correlation results with the at least one-dimensional array of reference values.

In exemplary embodiments, the basic jump pattern is a first basic jump pattern, the jump pattern being derived from the first basic jump pattern in a first operating mode, the jump pattern being derived from a second basic jump pattern in a second operating mode, the second basic jump pattern being derived from a second binary sequence, with fewer resource elements are occupied by the second basic jump pattern than by the first basic jump pattern. In exemplary embodiments, the first operating mode is a normal operating mode, the second operating mode being an operating mode [eg emergency operating mode] in which a higher number of data transmitters transmitting simultaneously in the frequency band is to be expected.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is configured to detect a transmission of a signaling signal in a signaling resource element of a set of predetermined signaling resource elements, the signaling signal signaling a subsequent transmission of the data signal, the data receiver being configured to receive the subsequent data signal when the transmission of the signaling signal is detected , and wherein the data receiver is configured to switch from a normal energy consumption mode to an energy-saving mode if the transmission of the signaling signal is not detected.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to send a control signal, the control signal containing information about the set of resource elements that can be used by the communication system for the transmission of the plurality of sub-data packets.

In exemplary embodiments, the data receiver is designed to send a control signal, the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency and / or time-hopping-based allocation of resource elements of the frequency band that can be used for the communication of the communication system Communication of the communication system usable frequency and / or time hop-based allocation of resource elements is the set of usable resource elements, the hop pattern being a relative channel access pattern, the relative channel access pattern indicating the allocation to be used of the usable frequency and / or time hop-based allocation specified by the channel access pattern .

In embodiments, the data receiver is a base station.

In exemplary embodiments, the base station is battery-operated.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for sending a data packet in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems Communication is used. The method comprises a step of dividing a data packet pending transmission into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet. The method further comprises a step of deriving a hop pattern from a basic hop pattern based on a shift of the basic hop pattern in frequency and / or time. Furthermore, the method comprises a step of sending a data signal with the plurality of sub-data packets in accordance with the hop pattern, so that the plurality of sub-data packets are transmitted in a distributed manner in accordance with a frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resource elements specified by the hop pattern Basic jump pattern is derived from a [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence.

Further exemplary embodiments create a method for receiving data in a communication system, the communication system communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication. The method comprises a step of receiving a data signal that is transmitted in accordance with a hop pattern, the data signal having a plurality of sub-data packets which are transmitted in a distributed manner in accordance with a frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resource elements specified by the hop pattern, wherein the Jump pattern is derived from a basic jump pattern based on a shift of the basic jump pattern in frequency and / or time, the basic jump pattern being derived from a [e.g. unipolar] binary sequence.

Further exemplary embodiments provide a method for generating a [unipolar] binary sequence with predetermined periodic correlation properties [eg for a communication system in which a hop pattern used for the transmission of data is derived from a basic hop pattern based on a shift of the basic hop pattern in frequency and / or time , where the basic jump pattern is derived from a [eg unipolar] binary sequence]. The method comprises a step of randomly generating a plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences, the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences each having a predetermined number of binary elements [eg length], of which a predetermined number each has a first logical value [ eg logical one]. The method further comprises a step of calculating periodic autocorrelation functions of the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences in order to obtain a set of secondary autocorrelation values for each of the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences. The method further comprises a step of calculating a maximum secondary autocorrelation value as a function of the predetermined number of binary elements of the binary sequence, and the predetermined number of binary elements which have a first logical value. The method further comprises a step of selecting those [unipolar] binary sequences of the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences whose set of autocorrelation minor values does not have an autocorrelation minor value that is greater than the calculated maximum autocorrelation minor value, or only has autocorrelation minor values that are a predetermined distance from Do not exceed the calculated theoretical maximum autocorrelation secondary value.

In exemplary embodiments, the maximum secondary autocorrelation value of the periodic autocorrelation function is calculated based on the following formula:

where _{max is} the maximum autocorrelation secondary value, where E is the predetermined number of first logical values, and where N is the predetermined number of binary elements of the binary sequence.

In embodiments, the method further comprises a step of calculating periodic cross-correlation functions of the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences in order to have a set of cross-correlation secondary values for each of the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences, and a step of calculating a maximum cross-correlation secondary value of the periodic cross-correlated depending on the predetermined number of binary elements of the binary sequence and the predetermined number of binary elements which have a first logical value, and a step of selecting those [unipolar] binary sequences of the plurality of [unipolar] binary sequences whose set of cross-correlation secondary values does not have a cross-correlation minor that is greater than the calculated maximum cross-correlation minor.

In exemplary embodiments, the maximum cross-correlation secondary value of the periodic cross-correlated is calculated based on the following formula:

in which

is the maximum cross-correlation minor value, where E is the predetermined number of first logical values, where N is the predetermined length, and where is all cross-correlation minor values of all possible combinations of periodic cross-correlates of the plurality of binary sequences.

Although some aspects have been described in connection with a device, it goes without saying that these aspects also represent a description of the corresponding method, so that a block or a component of a device is also to be understood as a corresponding method step or as a feature of a method step. Analogously to this, aspects that have been described in connection with or as a method step also represent a description of a corresponding block or details or features of a corresponding device. Some or all of the method steps can be carried out by a hardware device (or using a hardware device). Apparatus), such as a microprocessor, a programmable computer or an electronic circuit. In some embodiments, some or more of the most important process steps can be performed by such an apparatus.

Depending on the specific implementation requirements, embodiments of the invention can be implemented in hardware or in software. The implementation can be carried out using a digital storage medium such as a floppy disk, a DVD, a Blu-ray disk, a CD, a ROM, a PROM, an EPROM, an EEPROM or a FLASH memory, a hard disk or other magnetic memory or optical memory, on which electronically readable control signals are stored, which can interact with a programmable computer system or cooperate in such a way that the respective method is carried out. Therefore, the digital storage medium can be computer readable.

Some exemplary embodiments according to the invention thus include a data carrier which has electronically readable control signals which are capable of interacting with a programmable computer system in such a way that one of the methods described herein is carried out.

In general, embodiments of the present invention can be used as

Computer program product can be implemented with a program code, the program code being effective to carry out one of the methods when the computer program product runs on a computer. The program code can, for example, also be stored on a machine-readable carrier.

Other exemplary embodiments include the computer program for performing one of the methods described herein, the computer program being stored on a machine-readable carrier.

In other words, an exemplary embodiment of the method according to the invention is thus a computer program which has a program code for performing one of the methods described herein when the computer program runs on a computer.

A further exemplary embodiment of the method according to the invention is thus a data carrier (or a digital storage medium or a computer-readable medium) on which the computer program for performing one of the methods described herein is recorded. The data carrier, the digital storage medium or the computer-readable medium are typically tangible and / or non-perishable or non-transitory.

A further exemplary embodiment of the method according to the invention is thus a data stream or a sequence of signals which represents or represents the computer program for performing one of the methods described herein. The data stream or the sequence of signals can, for example, be configured to be transferred via a data communication connection, for example via the Internet.

Another exemplary embodiment comprises a processing device, for example a computer or a programmable logic component, which is configured or adapted to carry out one of the methods described herein.

Another exemplary embodiment comprises a computer on which the computer program for performing one of the methods described herein is installed.

Another exemplary embodiment according to the invention comprises a device or a system which is designed to transmit a computer program for performing at least one of the methods described herein to a receiver. The transmission can take place electronically or optically, for example. The recipient can for example, a computer, mobile device, storage device or similar device. The device or the system can, for example, comprise a file server for transmitting the computer program to the recipient.

In some exemplary embodiments, a programmable logic component (for example a field-programmable gate array, an FPGA) can be used to carry out some or all of the functionalities of the methods described herein. In some exemplary embodiments, a field-programmable gate array can interact with a microprocessor in order to carry out one of the methods described herein. In general, in some exemplary embodiments, the methods are performed by any hardware device. This can be hardware that can be used universally, such as a computer processor (CPU), or hardware specific to the method, such as an ASIC, for example.

The devices described herein can be implemented, for example, using a hardware apparatus, or using a computer, or using a combination of a hardware apparatus and a computer.

The devices described herein, or any components of the devices described herein, can be implemented at least partially in hardware and / or in software (computer program).

For example, the methods described herein can be implemented using hardware apparatus, or using a computer, or using a combination of hardware apparatus and a computer.

The methods described herein, or any components of the methods described herein, can be carried out at least in part by hardware and / or by software.

The embodiments described above are merely illustrative of the principles of the present invention. It is to be understood that modifications and variations of the arrangements and details described herein will be apparent to other skilled persons. It is therefore intended that the invention be limited only by the scope of protection of the following patent claims and not by the specific details presented herein with reference to the description and explanation of the exemplary embodiments. bibliography

[1] DE 10 2011 082 098 B4

[2] IEEE Std. 802.15.4 - 2015 - IEEE Standard for Low-Rate Wireless Networks, 2015

[3] G. Kilian, H. Petkov, R. Psiuk, H. Lieske, F. Beer, J. Robert, and A. Heuberger, “Improved coverage for low-power telemetry Systems using telegram Splitting,” in Proceedings of 2013 European Conference on Smart Objects, Systems and Technologies (SmartSysTech), 2013

[4] G. Kilian, M. Breiling, H. H. Petkov, H. Lieske, F. Beer, J. Robert, and A. Heuberger, “Increasing Transmission Reliability for Telemetry Systems Using Telegram Splitting,” IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 63, no. 3, pp. 949-961, Mar. 2015

[5] http://www.aip.de/groups/soe/local/numres/bookcpdf/c13-2.pdf

[6] DE 10 2016 220 882 A1

[7] DE 10 2017 206 236 A1

[8] DE 10 2017 211 375 A1

[9] Hans Dieter Lücke: "Correlation Signal", Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York, 1992

[10] Leonard D. Baumert, “Cyclic difference sets”, Springer-Verlag Berlin

Heidelberg, 1971

[11] DE 10 2018 214648 A1

[12] DE 10 2018 218 729 A1

[13] DE 10 2018 206 137 A1

[14] 3GPP Technical Specification 36.211, "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio

Access (E-UTRA); Physical Channels and Modulation ”, www.3gpp.org

List of abbreviations

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check

LPWAN: Low Power Wide Area Network

LSB: Least Significant Bit (s)

MSB: Most Significant Bit (s)

PAN: Personal Area Network

TLS: Transport Layer Security

TSMA: Telegram Splitting Multiple Access

FFT: Fast Fourier Transformation (Fast Fourier Transformation), redundancy-reducing algorithm of DFT (Discrete Fourier Transformation)

PER: Packet Error Rate

PIC: Parallel Interference Cancellation

SIC: Successive Interference Cancellation

AKF: aperiodic autocorrelation function

BS: base station

CRE: Common Resource Elements (alternative Common Resource Blocks)

E: Order (corresponding to the number of ones markings) of an (a) periodic unipolar binary sequence (usually this corresponds to the L)

HNV: main / secondary maximum ratio (see equation (5))

OGR: Optimal Golomb rulers (rulers) are aperiodic binary sequences with elements e {0,1}, whose AKF only have secondary values Î {0,1}. If there is no shorter length N for the same order E, then one speaks of “optimal”. Otherwise it is "Golomb Rulers" or "Barker Follows"

PAKF: periodic autocorrelation function

PKKF: periodic cross-correlation function

RACH: Random Access Channel

RE: Resource element

RF: Resource frame

Claims

1. Data receiver (104) of a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems (102_2,102_2) for communication, wherein in the communication system (102) for the transmission of Data, a set (112) of usable resources is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver (104) known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each being a time and / or frequency hopping based allocation of resources of the set (112) of usable resources wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set (112) of usable resources, the data receiver (104) being configured to combine transmission metrics of those resources which can be accessed for transferring data based on a jump pattern of the jump pattern, to obtain a jump pattern metric, the data receiver (104) being configured to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the data receiver (104) being configured to accept the transmission - limit the value of the metrics to an upper or lower limit value before the combination; wherein in the communication system (102) the data to be transmitted comprise a data packet that is divided into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet, the plurality of sub-data packets according to the frequency specified by the respective hopping pattern and / or time-jump-based allocation of resources are transmitted in a distributed manner

2. Data receiver (104) according to the preceding claim, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to those transmission metrics that describe a high probability that the respective resource was used for the transmission of data to the upper or lower limit value limit.

3. Data receiver (104) according to one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to limit those transmission metrics that exceed an upper limit value in terms of value to the upper limit value.

4. Data receiver (104) according to one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to limit those transmission metrics that fall below a lower limit value to the lower limit value in terms of value.

5. Data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein a probability that the respective resource was used for the transmission of data can be derived from the transmission metrics.

6. Data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein the transmission metrics each describe a probability that the respective resource was used to transmit data.

7. Data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein a probability that the respective jump pattern was used for the transmission of data can be derived from the jump pattern metric.

8. data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein the jump pattern metric describes a probability that the respective jump pattern was used for the transmission of data.

9. The data receiver (104) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern metric reaches a detection threshold.

10. The data receiver (104) according to claim 9, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to adaptively adapt the detection threshold as a function of a utilization of the set of usable resources.

11. The data receiver (104) according to claim 10, wherein the utilization is an estimated relative number of occupied resources of the set (112) of usable resources, or wherein the utilization is an estimated number of simultaneously active data transmitters (106_1-106_n) of the communication system (102) accessing the set (112) of usable resources.

12. The data receiver (104) according to any one of claims 10 to 11, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to calculate the utilization based on a number of resources of the set (112) of usable resources whose transmission metrics reach a transmission threshold , appreciate.

13. The data receiver (104) according to claim 12, wherein the communication system (102) accesses the frequency band based on successive time segments, the set (112) of usable resources being within one of the time segments, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to estimate the utilization further based on a number of resources of at least one set of usable resources of at least a previous time segment whose transmission metrics reach a transmission threshold.

14. The data receiver (104) according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to dynamically adapt the detection threshold within an upper limit and a lower limit.

15. The data receiver (104) according to claim 10, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to dynamically adapt the detection threshold based on a sigmoid function or a sigmoid-like function within an upper limit and a lower limit.

16. Data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns which have the largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value.

17. The data receiver (104) according to claim 16, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to adaptively adapt the predetermined number of jump pattern metrics with the greatest value as a function of an available computing power.

18. The data receiver (104) according to any one of claims 16 to 17, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to adaptively adapt the predetermined number of jump pattern metrics with the greatest value as a function of a utilization of the set of usable resources.

19. Data receiver (104) according to the preceding claim, where the utilization is an estimated number of simultaneously active data senders (106 _ 1 -

106_n) of the communication system (102) accessing the set (112) of usable resources.

20. The data receiver (104) according to the preceding claim, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to assign the predetermined number of largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value greater than or equal to the estimated number of simultaneously active data transmitters (106_1-106_n) of the communication system (102) choose.

21. Data receiver (104) according to one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns which have the largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value if less than the predetermined number of jump patterns jump pattern Have metrics that reach a threshold.

22. Data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein the resources indicated by the jump pattern are each a subset of the resources of the set of usable resources.

23 data receiver (104) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to send a control signal (120), wherein the control signal comprises information about a channel access pattern (110), the channel access pattern (110) a indicates frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system (102), the frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system being the set (112) of usable resources, wherein the hopping patterns are relative channel access patterns, the relative channel access patterns each specifying the occupancy to be used of the usable frequency-based and / or time hopping-based occupancy of resources specified by the channel access pattern.

24. Data receiver (104) according to one of the preceding claims, wherein the data receiver (104) is a base station of the communication system.

25. Data receiver (104) according to the preceding claim, wherein the base station is battery-operated.

26. Communication system (102), having the following features: at least one data transmitter (106_1), and a data receiver (104) according to one of claims 1 to 25, wherein the data transmitter is configured to transmit data in accordance with a time and date indicated by one of the jump patterns / or to send frequency hopping based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources.

27. A method for receiving data in a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, a set of usable resources in the communication system for the transmission of data is available which can be accessed based on the data receiver known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each indicating a time- and / or frequency-hopping-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources, the method comprising:

Determining a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set of usable resources, Combining the transmission metrics of those resources which can be accessed for the transmission of data based on a hop pattern of the hop pattern in order to obtain a hop pattern metric,

Detecting a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the transmission metrics being limited in value to an upper or lower limit value before the combination, the data to be transmitted being a data packet in the communication system (102) include that it is divided into a plurality of sub-data packets, each of which is shorter than the data packet, the plurality of sub-data packets being transmitted in a distributed manner according to the frequency- and / or time-jump-based allocation of resources specified by the respective jump pattern.

28. A method for receiving data in a communication system (102), the communication system (104) communicating wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems for communication, a set of usable resources in the communication system for the transmission of data is available which can be accessed based on the data receiver known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each indicating a time- and / or frequency-hopping-based allocation of resources of the set of usable resources, the method comprising:

Determining a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set of usable resources,

Combining the transmission metrics of those resources that can be accessed for the transmission of data based on a hop pattern of the hop pattern in order to obtain a hop pattern metric,

Detection of a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a specified detection criterion, The transmission metrics are limited in terms of value to an upper or lower limit value before the combination,

Sending a control signal, the control signal having information about a channel access pattern, the channel access pattern specifying a frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system, the frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation that can be used for the communication of the communication system of resources is the set of usable resources, the hopping patterns being relative channel access patterns, the relative channel access patterns each specifying the usage of the usable frequency- and / or time-hopping-based usage of resources specified by the channel access pattern.

29. Computer program for performing the method according to one of the preceding claims, when the computer program runs on a computer, microprocessor or software-based receiver or transceiver.

30. Data receiver (104) of a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band that is used by a plurality of communication systems (102_2,102_2) for communication, wherein in the communication system (102) for the transmission of Data, a set (112) of usable resources is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver (104) known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each being a time and / or frequency hopping based allocation of resources of the set (112) of usable resources specify, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set (112) of usable resources, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to combine transmission metrics of those resources that can be accessed for transmission of data based on a hop pattern of the hop patterns to obtain a hop pattern metric, the data receiver (104) being configured to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the data receiver (104) being configured to limit the value of the transmission metrics to an upper or lower limit value before the combination; wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to send a control signal (120), the control signal having information about a channel access pattern (110), the channel access pattern (110) having a frequency and frequency that can be used for the communication of the communication system (102) / or time-hop-based allocation of resources, the frequency- and / or time-hop-based allocation of resources that can be used for the communication of the communication system being the set (112) of usable resources, the hopping patterns being relative channel access patterns, the relative channel access patterns each being the one to be used Specify the occupancy of the usable frequency- and / or time-hop-based occupancy of resources specified by the channel access pattern.

31. Data receiver (104) of a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems (102_2,102_2) for communication, wherein in the communication system (102) for the transmission of Data, a set (112) of usable resources is available to which the jump patterns known based on the data receiver (104) can be accessed, the Hopping patterns each indicate a time and / or frequency hopping-based allocation of resources of the set (112) of usable resources, the data receiver (104) being configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set (112) of usable resources wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to combine transmission metrics of those resources that can be accessed for transmission of data based on a hop pattern of the hop patterns to obtain a hop pattern metric, the data receiver (104) configured is to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the data receiver (104) being configured to limit the value of the transmission metrics to an upper or lower limit value before the combination; wherein the data receiver (104) is a base station of the communication system.

32. Data receiver (104) of a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems (102_2,102_2) for communication, wherein in the communication system (102) for the transmission of Data, a set (112) of usable resources is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver (104) known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each being a time and / or frequency hopping based allocation of resources of the set (112) of usable resources wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set (112) of usable resources, the data receiver (104) being configured to combine transmission metrics of those resources which is based on the transmission of data on a jump pattern, the jump pattern can be accessed to obtain a jump pattern metric, the data receiver (104) being configured to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the data receiver (104) is configured to limit the value of the transmission metrics to an upper or lower limit value prior to the combination; wherein the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern metric reaches a detection threshold, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to adaptively adjust the detection threshold as a function of a utilization of the set of usable resources.

33. data receiver (104) of a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems (102_2,102_2) for communication, wherein in the communication system (102) for the transmission of Data, a set (112) of usable resources is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver (104) known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each being a time and / or frequency hopping based allocation of resources of the set (112) of usable resources wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set (112) of usable resources, the data receiver (104) being configured to combine transmission metrics of those resources which can be accessed for transferring data based on a jump pattern of the jump pattern, to get a jump pattern metric, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to value the transmission metrics before the combination limit upper or lower limit value; wherein the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns that have the largest jump pattern metrics in terms of value, wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to generate the predetermined number of jump pattern metrics with the largest value in dependence on a workload of the set of usable resources adaptively, the utilization being an estimated number of simultaneously active data transmitters (106_1-106_n) of the communication system (102) which access the set (112) of usable resources.

34. data receiver (104) of a communication system (102), wherein the communication system (104) communicates wirelessly in a frequency band which is used by a plurality of communication systems (102_2,102_2) for communication, wherein in the communication system (102) for the transmission of Data, a set (112) of usable resources is available, which can be accessed based on the data receiver (104) known hopping patterns, the hopping patterns each being a time and / or frequency hopping based allocation of resources of the set (112) of usable resources wherein the data receiver (104) is configured to determine a transmission metric for each of the resources of the set (112) of usable resources, the data receiver (104) being configured to combine transmission metrics of those resources which is based on the transmission of data on a jump pattern, the jump pattern can be accessed to obtain a jump pattern metric, the data receiver (104) being configured to detect a transmission of data when the jump pattern metric of the respective jump pattern meets a predetermined detection criterion, the data receiver (104) is configured to limit the value of the transmission metrics to an upper or lower limit value prior to the combination; wherein the detection criterion indicates that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns which are the largest in terms of value

Have jump pattern metrics, the detection criterion indicating that the jump pattern is a jump pattern of a predetermined number of jump patterns which are the largest in terms of value

Have jump pattern metrics if fewer than the predetermined number of jump patterns have jump pattern metrics that reach a threshold.